高考英语必考知识点总结

高考英语必考知识点总结_高中英语高考常考知识点总结大全

英语高考常考知识点总结大全第一部分：语音辨音（5 分） 考点一：a,e,i,o,u 五 个 元 音 字 母 的 发 音 ： 注 意 元 音 字 母 在 重 读 开 音 节 、闭 音 节 中 的 读 音 ，非 重 读 音 节 中 的 读 音 及 特 例情况： 开音节有两种： 1) 一 种 是 在 重 读 音 节 中 元 音 字 母 之 后 没 有 辅 音 字 母 ， 叫 绝 对 开 音 节 。

如 ： go no me paper 2) 另 一 种 是 在 元 音 字 母 之 后 有 一 个 辅 音 字 母 （ r 除 外 ） ， 而 后 面 又 跟 上 一 个 不 发 音 的 元 音 字 母 e， 叫 相 对 开 音 节 。

如 ： ho me name fa ce 在重读开音节中，元音字母一律读它的字母音，即长音。

闭音节： 以一个或几个辅音字母结尾（r 除外），而中间只有一个元音字母的音 节叫闭音节。在闭音节中，元音字母一律读它的短音。

但是： a. 字 母 a 1) 在 /w/ 后 常 发 短 音 [ ? ] ??如 wash,what,want ； 2) 在 water 一 词 中 ， a 发 长 音 / [ ? ??: ] ； 3) 在 danger strange change 中 发 /e i/ ； 4) 在 c lass can't father af ter 中 发 /a:/ b. 字 母 e 在 ever e ven e ve 这 三 个 单 词 中 的 发 音 分 别 为 ： /e/ /i:/ /i:/ 。第 1 页 共 1 页c. 字 母 i 发 /i:/ d. 字 母 o 发/u/ woman /i/ women policeman machine在m,n,v,th前发 /Λ / come，son，love，does，mother e. 字母u 发/i/ busy 不发音 build (built)考点二：以 -ed 结 尾 的 单 词 的 词 尾 正 确 读 音 ； 清 辅 音 后 读 作 / t / .looked hoped 浊 、 元 音 后 读 作 / d / cleane d ans wered t,d 之 后 加 ed, ed 读 / id /star ted decide d 考点三：以 -s ， -es 结 尾 的 单 词 的 词 尾 正 确 读 音 ； 清 辅 音 后 读 作 /s/ .ma ps cakes 浊 、 元 音 后 读 作 /z / bananas dogs 在 /s/ 、 /z/ 、 /d ? // ∫ / 音 之 后 读 / iz / classes bridges washes houses 考点四：常 见 字 母 组 合 的 读 音 ； (字 母 组 合 包 括 :元 音 字 母 组 合 和 辅 音 字 母 合 ) 考点五：不 符 合 读 音 规 则 的 常 用 词 的 读 音 。

1. 词性变化引起读音变化(1) 同 形 而 不 同 词 性 的 单 词 读 音 变 化 excuse separate breath record absent a bstract bow n./s/ v./ z/v./ei/ adj./i/ n. n./e/ /θ / v./i/ v./ ?/adj./ ? / v./ ? / adj./ ? / v./ ? / / v./au /n./ ? u第 2 页 共 2 页（ 2） 有 些 词 加 后 缀 时 引 起 读 音 的 变 化 nation /ei/ -- -na tional/ ? / know/ ? u/----k no wledge / ? ??/ south /sau θ /----/southern 2. 词形变化引起读音变化 / ?? s Λ ? ? n/(1) 可 数 名 词 变 复 数 的 读 音 变 化 mouth / θ / - -- mout hs / ?z/ house /s/---houses /ziz/ woman / ?? wum ? n/---women / ?? wimin/ (2) 词 过 去 式 中 的 读 音 变 化 will- ---would /wud/ shall-- -should / ∫ ud/ can---could /kud/ eat---ate /et,eit/ mean---meant /;me nt hear---heard /h ? :d/ (3) 词 在 否 定 缩 写 中 的 读 音 变 化 cannot---can`t /ka:nt/ shall not- --shan`t / ∫ a:nt/ will not---won`t /w ? unt/ do not---do n`t /d ? unt/ 3 .复 合 词 的 读 音 变 化第 3 页 共 3 页break/ei/ ---breakfast/e/ head/e/ ---forehead/rid/ hand / d / --- handso me/ / room /u:/ ----c lassroom /u/ news /z/---- newspaper /s/ 4. 同 源 词 的 读 音 变 化 know / ? u/---kno wledge / ? ??/ nature/ei/ ---na tural / ?/ nation /ei/ -- --na tio nal / ?/ breath / θ /---breathe / ?/ bath /ba: θ /---bathe /be?/ cloth /kl ? ??θ /-- -c lothe s /kl ? u?z/ worth / θ /---worthy / ?i/ real /ri ? l/-- - reality /ri ?? ?l ? t i/polit ica l / ? / — po lit ics / ? ??/ say /sei/ ---said /sed/ handkerchief: handkerchiefs / handkerchieves。

handkerchief: handkerchiefs / handkerchieves。

第二部分：单项选择（15 分） 考点六：名词 I. 概念第 4 页 共 4 页名词是表示人,事物,地点或抽象概念的名称的词,有专有名词和普通名词之分,还有可数名 词与不可数名词之分. II.相关知识点精讲 1. 名词变复数 1) 以-s, –x, –ch, -sh 结尾加-es Buses,boxes,watches,brushes (stomach-stomachs) 2）以辅音字母加 y 结尾的名词，变 y 为 i 加 es Factories, countries 3) 以-f 或 fe 结尾的名词，变 f 或 fe 为 v 加 es leaf--leaves life—lives但：roof,chief,gulf,serf,belief,proof, 加 s handkerchief: handkerchiefs / handkerchieves。

4） 以 o 结尾的名词，变复数时： a. 加 s，photo---photos radio---radios piano---pianos zoo---zoos；b. 加 es，potato--potatoes tomato--tomatoes c. 上述 a 和 b 两种方法均可，如 zero---zeros / zeroes。

5) 名词复数的不规则变化 a. child---children mouse---mice foot---feet man---men tooth---teeth woman---women第 5 页 共 5 页注意：由一个词加 man 或 woman 构成的合成词，其复数形式也是 -men 和 -women，如 an Englishman，two Englishmen。但 German 不是合成词，故复 数形式为 Germans； Bowman 是姓，其复数是 the Bowmans。b. 单复同形，如 deer，sheep，fish，Chinese，Japanese ，li，jin，yuan，two li， three mu，four jin 等。但除人民币的元、角、分外，美元、英镑、法郎等都有复 数形式。如：a dollar, two dollars; a meter, two meters。

c. 集体名词，以单数形式出现，但实为复数。例如： people police cattle 等本身就是复数，不能说 a people，a police，a cattle，但可以说 a person，a policeman，a head of cattle, the English，the British， the French，the Chinese，the Japanese，the Swiss 等名词，表示国民总称时， 作复数用，如 The Chinese are industries and brave. d. 以 s 结尾，仍为单数的名词，如： maths，politics，physics 等学科名词，一般是不可数名词，为单数。

news 为不可数名词。

the United States， 应视为单数。

The United Nations was organized in 1945. 联合国是 1945 年组建起来的。

e. 以复数形式出现的书名，剧名，报纸，杂志名，也可视为单数。例如： The Arabian Nights" is a very interesting story-book. 《一千零一夜》是一 本非常有趣的故事书。

f. 表示由两部分构成的东西，如：glasses （眼镜） trousers, clothes 等，若表达 具体数目，要借助数量词 pair（对，双）; suit（套）; a pair of glasses; two pairs of trousers 等。第 6 页 共 6 页中国人民是勤劳勇敢的。g. 另外还有一些名词，其复数形式有时可表示特别意思，如： goods 货物，waters 水域 fishes（各种）鱼。

h. 复合词变复数，以中心词为主 film-goer — film-goers sister-in-law — sisters-in-law grown-up – grown-ups 2. 不可数名词量的表示 1） 物质名词 a. 当物质名词转化为个体名词时为可数。

比较：Cake is a kind of food. 蛋糕是一种食物。

（不可数） These cakes are sweet. 这些蛋糕很好吃。

（可数） b. 当物质名词表示该物质的种类时，可数。例如： This factory produces steel. （不可数）We need various steels. （可数） c. 当物质名词表示份数时，可数。例如： Our country is famous for tea. 我国因茶叶而闻名。

Two teas, please. 请来两杯茶。

2） 抽象名词表示具体的事例时也可数。例如： four freedoms 四大自由 the four modernizations 四个现代化物质名词和抽象名词可以借助单位词表一定的数量，如 a glass of water 一杯水/ a piece of advice 一则建议。

3. 定语名词的复数第 7 页 共 7 页名词作定语一般用单数，但也有以下例外。

1) 用复数作定语。例如： sports meeting students reading-roomtalks table 谈判桌 the foreign languages department 外语系 2） man, woman, gentleman 等作定语时，其单复数以所修饰的名词的单复数而定。

例 men workers women teachers gentlemen officials3） 有些原有 s 结尾的名词，作定语时，s 保留。例如： goods train （货车） arms produce 武器生产 customs papers 海关文件 clothes brush 衣刷4） 数词+名词作定语时，这个名词一般保留单数形式。例如： two-dozen eggs 两打鸡蛋 a ten-mile walk 十英里路two-hundred trees 两百棵树 a five-year plan. 一个五年计划 4. 名词的格 1） 单数名词词尾加"'s"，复数名词词尾没有 s，也要加"'s"，如 the boy's bag 男孩的书 包，men's room 男厕所。

2） 若名词已有复数词尾-s ，只加" ' "，如：the workers' struggle 工人的斗争。

3） 凡不能加"'s"的名词，都可以用"名词 of 名词"的结构来表示所有关系，如：the title of the song 歌的名字。

4） 在表示店铺或教堂的名字或某人的家时，名词所有格的后面常常不出现它所修饰的名 词，如：the barber's 理发店。

5） 如果两个名词并列，并且分别有's，则表示"分别有"；只有一个's，则表示'共有'。

John's and Mary's rooms（两间） John and Mary's room（一间）第 8 页 共 8 页6） 复合名词或短语，'s 加在最后一个词的词尾。例如：a month or two's absence 考点七：冠词 I. 不定冠词的用法 不定冠词有 a 和 an 两种形式。

a 用在以辅音音标开头的词前,an 用在以元音音标 开头的词前。

a house, a useful book an hour, an umbrella 不定冠词的用法主要有: 1) 泛指某人或某物,不具体说明其为何人或何物。在行文叙述时,第一次提到某个人 或事物时,通常使用不定冠词,此为“泛指”。例如: A girl is asking for you on the phone. My mother works in a hospital. 2) 用在单数可数名词前,表示一类人或事物,即以一个个体代表整类人或事物,此为 “类指”。例如: A plane is faster than a train.飞机比火车快。

A snake is a cold-blooded animal.蛇是冷血动物。

3) 表示“一”,但数量概念没有 one 强烈。例如: They waited there for an hour.他们在那等了一个小时。

Rome wasn't built in a day.罗马非一天能建成。(即:冰冻三尺非一日之寒。) 如特别强调数量,应使用 one。例如: I have only one dictionary and I need it myself.第 9 页 共 9 页4) 用在表示时间、 速度、 价格等计量单位的名词前表示 “每一” ,相当于 per 或 every。

例如: The plane can get 300 kilometers an hour.飞机的速度是每小时 300 公里。

The doctor told her to take the medicine three times a day.医生叫她一天服 三次药。

We work five days a week.我们一周工作五天。

5) 用于抽象名词、物质名词前(特别是这两种名词有定语修饰时),使之意义具体化, 表示“一种”、“一件”、“一份”等。例如: It is an honour for me to be invited to the party.我被邀请参加聚会是一种 荣誉。(honour 是抽象名词,an honour 指一件荣誉的事) There was heavy rain last week.(rain 为物质名词,这里指一场雨) 6) 用于序数词(后加名词)前,表示又一个,又一次。例如: He tried a sixth time and succeeded.他又试第六次,结果成功了。

When I sat down,a fourth student rose to speak.当我坐下时,又有第四个同 学起立发言。

7) 用于某一个人名、地名前,使专有名词普通化。例如: A Mr.Li has been waiting for you.一位姓李的先生一直在等你。

Chongqing is known as a Shanghai of the west.重庆被称作西部的上海。

(Shanghai 是专有名词,本句中 a Shanghai 指和上海一样繁华的城市) 8) 用于某些固定词组中,是这些词组不可缺少的组成部分。例如: in a moment 立刻,马上 once upon a time 从前 as a result (of)作为(……)的结果 in a hurry 急忙地第 10 页 共 10 页in a word 一句话,总而言之 once in a while 偶尔地 have a good time 过得很愉快 have a word with 与……说句话 have/take a look (at)看一看 have/take a rest 休息一下 take an active part in 积极参加 (比较:take part in 参加,不能说 take a part in) do sb.a favour 帮某人的忙 put an end to 结束 at a mouthful 一大口地 all of a sudden 突然地 II. 定冠词 the 的用法 ① 表示上文提到过的人或事物。

He bought an English-Chinese dictionary this morning. The dictionary is very good. ② 用于单数可数名词前，表示整体或类别。

The panda is a rare animal. 此句等于：A panda is a rare animal. = Pandas are rare animals. ③ 用来表示世界上独一无二的事物。

the sun, the moon, the sky, the earth, the world ④ 用于表示阶级、党派的名词前。

the Chinese Communist Party, the working class the proletariat 无产阶 级 ⑤ 常用于含有普通名词或形容词的专有名词前。

A. 用于许多江海，山脉，群岛等名词前： The Yellow River The East Sea the Himalayas the Pacific Ocean B. 用于由普通名词构成的国名：第 11 页 共 11 页The People’s Republic of China the United States C. 用于机关、团体、朝代、时代、报刊杂志等名词前： the United Nations the State Council the Tang dynasty the People’s Daily the Summer Palace the Peace Hotel the British Museum ⑥ 用于表示方位的名词前。

the east the southwest the middle the Far East on the left ⑦ 用于乐器名词前，但汉语拼音的乐器前不用冠词。

play the piano play the violin ⑧ play erhu用于复数的姓氏前，表示两夫妇或全家，在此情况下，这类名词作复数对待。

The Smiths watch TV every day.⑨用于某些形容词或过去分词前，表示一类人或事物。

the poor the rich the living the young the wounded the oppressed the beautiful⑩用在形容词的最高级前或序数词前。

Shanghai is the biggest city in china. After the game, the first thing they wanted to do was to take a hotbath. III 零冠词用法 ① 表示某一类人或事物的复数名词前，不用冠词。

Now people are living a happy life. Trees are planted everywhere. ② 不含普通名词的专有名词，表示泛指的物质名词和抽象名词前，不用冠词。第 12 页 共 12 页We are studying English. He is leaving for America this year. It is pleasant to walk in soft snow. Love is always stronger than hatred. ③ 名词前有指示代词、物主代词、不定代词或名词所有格修饰，不用冠词。

I like this picture better. Is that your book? Take their chairs away! I do not have any money on me. As time went on, Einstein’s theory proved to be correct. ④ 季节、月份、星期等名词前，一般不用冠词。

She likes spring while I like summer. We have no classes on Saturday. The Long March started in October 1934. ⑤ 表示只有一人担任的职务、头衔的名词前，不用冠词。

We have elected him our monitor. ⑥ 三餐饭的名词前，一般不用冠词。

When do you have lunch? After supper we usually take a walk. ⑦ 节假日等名词前，不用冠词。

Children all wear their best clothes on National Day. People give gifts to each other on Christmas Day. 注意：在 eve 后有 of 短语则要加定冠词： on the eve of National Day on the eve of New Year’s Day ⑧ 球类和棋类运动的名词前，不用冠词。

play basketball play chess ⑨ 作表语用表示程度的形容词最高级前，不用冠词。

Your help was most timely. This method is most effective.第 13 页 共 13 页注意：如果有比较范围，形容词最高级前必须加定冠词： Of all methods, this is the most effective. ⑩ 在某些固定词组里，名词前不用冠词。

on foot by train/ boat / plane… in fact as a matter of fact in class in church in danger in hospital in town in bed at home at school at daybreak at suise at dusk at sunset at night at noon go to school go to class victory from door to door V 注意事项 go to bed from morning till night from victory to① 当 man 作人类讲时，用零冠词。

Man will conquer nature. ② 某些抽象名词具体化时是可数名词，其前可加 a。surprise, fire, joy, He is a success as a teacher. Long Jing is a famous tea in China. ③ a 用于姓氏前表示某个只知道名字而不不熟悉的人。

A Mr Liu is waiting to see you outside. ④ 在某些句型中可加 a It is a pity that you have missed the chance. It is a shame / a pleasure / a honour for sb. to do sth. ⑤ word 作消息讲时，用零冠词。

Word came that he would go abroad.gg考点八：虚拟语气 对虚拟语气的测试主要涉及以下方面：第 14 页 共 14 页1） 主语、表语、同位语、宾语从句中虚拟语气的用法 2） wish , would rather 虚拟语气结构的用法 3） if 条件句中虚拟语气的用法， 应特别注意省略 if 的倒装结构是考试的重点 4） if only 结构中虚拟语气的用法 5） but for , or, otherwise 等含蓄条件句的用法 6） It’s time (that) 等结构中虚拟语气的用法 一、虚拟语气在虚拟条件句中的运用！ 条件从句有两类，一是真实条件句，另一是虚拟条件句。如果假设的情况可能发生，是真实 条件句，这种情况下谓语用陈述语气。如： If time permits, we’ll go fishing together.如果时间允许，我们就一起去钓鱼。

如果假设的情况是不存在的或不大可能发生的，则是虚拟条件句。如： If you had come yesterday, you would have met that famous professor.如果你昨 天来，你就会见到那位著名的教授了。（隐含的事实是：你昨天没来，也没见到那位著名教 授）。

在含有虚拟条件句的复合句中，主从句的谓语都要用虚拟语气，现将其形式列表如下： 1．虚拟语气现在时，表示与现在事实相反的假设和结果。

条件从句 动词过去式（be 用 were） 主句 Would/should/could/might + 动词原形If I were you, I should(would ,could, might)tell him the truth. 要是我是你，我就会告 诉他真相了。（事实上我不是你） If she had time, she would(could, might)help me.如果她有时间， 她就会帮我了。

（事 实上她没有时间）第 15 页 共 15 页2. 语气过去式 表示与过去事实相反的假设和结果。

条件从句 Had +过去分词 主句 Would/should/could/might + have+过去 分词 If you had taken my advice, you wouldn’t(couldn’t) have failed in the exam.如果 你听了我的建议，你就不会考试不及格。（事实上你根本没听我的。） 3. 虚拟语气过去式 表示与将来事实可能相反的假设和结果 条件从句 should+动词原形 were to+ 动 词 原 形 主句 Would/should/could/might +动词原形would(could/should/might)+动词原形If it should rain, the crops would(could, might)be saved.假如天下雨，庄稼可能就收 获了。

注：在表示与将来事实可能相反的条件从句中，were to + 动词原形比较正式，常用于书 面语中。如： If you were to go to Beijing, you would (could, might) have a chance to visit Tian An Men Square. ★★条件从句中省去 if 的情况 在 if 引导的表示虚拟的条件状语从句中，常可以省略 if，将 had, were 或 should 提至 句首。如： Had I seen the film, I would have discussed it with them last night.第 16 页 共 16 页假如我看了那部电影，昨晚我就可以和他们一起讨论了。

Were I a bird, I could fly freely. 假如我是一只小鸟，我就能自由翱翔。

要是下周能下Should it rain next week the farmers would have a good harvest. 雨的话，农民们就能有个好收成了。

4.主从句时间不一致情况下的虚拟语气(混合条件句)有时条件从句中的动作和结果与主句中的动作，发生的时间不一致，这时动作的形式应 根据它所表示的时间加以调整。如： If you had followed my advice, you would be able to finish the work now.如果你 当时听了我的话，现在就能完成这份工作了。（从句说明过去，主句说明现在。） If I were you, I would have gone to her birthday party.如果我是你，我就去参加她 的生日晚会了。（从句说明现在，主句说明过去。） If you hadn’t lent me some money, I couldn’t have bought the new house and most likely I would be still living in the dangerous house now.假若你不借钱给我， 我 不可能买下这幢新房，很可能现在还住在危房里。

（从句说明过去， 主句说明过去和现在。） 5.含蓄条件句 非真实条件句中的条件从句有时不表出来，只暗含在上下文中，这种句子叫做含蓄条件 句。含蓄条件句大体有三种情况； Eg. W hat would I have done without you? 分词短语 without you 中) But for your help we couldn’t have succeeded in the experiment. 你的帮助，我们的实验是不会成功。

(暗含条件是 but for your help)第 17 页 共 17 页如没有你，我会怎么办呢？(条件暗含在如果没有He must have the strength of a hippopotamus, or/otherwise he never could have vanquished that great beast. 的野兽。(暗含条件是连词 or) 二、虚拟语气某些从句中的运用！ 1. 虚拟语气在主语从句中的用法。

在“It is important (strange, natural, necessary) that…”这类句型中，that 所引导的 主语从句中的谓语动词常用 “(should)+动词原形”结构，表示某事是“重要”， “奇怪”， “自然”，“必要”等意义。如： It is important that every Beijinger (should) be able to speak English. 重要的是每 个北京人能说英语。

It is necessary that he (should) be sent to hospital at once. 有必要马上把他送医 院。

2. 虚拟语气在宾语从句中的用法。

（1） 在动词 wish 后的宾语从句中， 表示与现在或过去的事实相反， 或对将来的主观愿望， 从句通常省略连词 that。

a.表示对现在情况的虚拟：从句动词用过去式或过去进行式(be 的过去式用 were )表示。

如： I wish I knew the answer to the question. 我希望知道这个问题的答案。（可惜不知道。） b.表示对过去情况的虚拟：从句动词用 had+过去分词。如： I wish (that) I hadn’t wasted so much time. 我后悔不该浪费这么多时间。（实际上 已经第 18 页 共 18 页他一定是力大如河马，否则他绝不会击败那只庞大浪费掉了。） c.表示对将来的主观愿望：谓语动词形式为 “would/could/might+动词原形”，此时 要注意，主句的主语与从句的主语不能相同，因为主句的主语所期望的从句动作能否实现， 取决于从句主语的态度或意愿（非动作名词除外）。如： I wish it would stop raining.但愿雨能停止。

I wish you would be quiet.我希望你安静一些。

（2） 在 suggest （建议） , demand(要求), order(命令), propose(建议), insist （坚持要做） , command( 命令 ), request( 要求 ), desire( 希 望 ) 等 动 词后 的宾 语从 句中， 谓 语动 词用 “(should)+动词原形”，表示建议，要求，命令等。如： I suggest that we (should) start the meeting at once.我建议马上开会。

The undergraduate insisted that he (should) go to work in the south.这位即将毕 业的学生坚持要到南方去工作。

★★ 当 suggest 表示暗示，主语为 something；insist 表示坚持观点时，后接的宾语从句 当用真实语气。比较： His silence suggested that he agreed with my decision.他的沉默暗示着他赞成我的决 定。

He suggested that I (should) stick to my decision.他建议我坚持自己的决定。

He insists that doing morning exercises does good to people’s health. 他坚持认 为做早操对健康有益。

He insists that he (should) do morning exercises every day.他坚持他每天都要早操。

3. 虚拟语气在表语从句中的用法。

当主语为 advice, suggestion, order, proposal 等词时后接表语从句，表语从句中的谓第 19 页 共 19 页语动词常用“(should)+动词原形”结构，表示某人建议、劝告、命令等的内如： My advice is that you should practise speaking English as often as possible. 我的 建议是你尽可能经常地练习说英语。

4．特殊的虚拟语气结构。

（1）虚拟语气用在状语从句中 由 as if 或 as though 引导的状语从句表示比较或方式时，从句中的谓语动词用虚拟语 气。

（用法与 wish 相同） The teacher treats the student as if he were her own child.这位老师带这位学生就 象她的亲生孩子一样。

He speaks as if he had been to the United States.他说得好象他真的到过美国似的。

（2）在 It is time (that)从句中，谓动词常用动词过去式或 should+动词原形 表示虚拟语 气 （3）I’d rather (that)…句型中从句中虚拟语气， Eg. I would rather you did it now. I would rather you did it tomorrow. I would rather you had done it yesterday. 5. 用在 if only 引起的感叹句中 （用法与 wish 相同） If only the driver didn’t drive so fast! 6．在由 for fear that, in case, lest 等引导的状语从句中，用 should+动词原形 考点九：情态动词 1.情态动词的基本用法第 20 页 共 20 页(1)can、be able to 和 could ①can 和 be able to 都表示能力， 意思上没多大区别。

但 can 只有现在和过去时， 而 be able to 则有更多的形式。

但当成功地完成某一具体动作时， 通常不用 could 而用 was/were able to 来表示。这时 was/were able to 相当于 managed to，表示经过一番努力，终于能够 完成某事。如： Can you use chopsticks? The wounded man still was able to get to the village and was saved in the end. ②can 和 could can 和 could 都可以表示能力、技能、许可、建议或请求和可能性。但比较委婉客气地提 出问题或陈述看法，一般用 could，回答时则用 can。如： Could you help me carry the bag? Can I help you? (2)may/might ①may/might 表示可能，但 may 比 might 可能性大。

Eg.---Why isn’t he in class? ---- He may be sick.(生病的可能性较大) —--He might be sick.(生病的可能性较小)②may/might 表示“允许”，may 用于现在时或将来时，might 常用在间接引语中表过去 时，但 might 也可用于现在时间，表示比较委婉的语气，回答用 may。如： He says we may leave. He said we might leave.第 21 页 共 21 页③may / might 表示建议或请求，但 might 比 may 更客气，意思更肯定而无过去时态的 含义。

—May / Might I use your bike? —Yes, you can / may. ----No, you mustn’t （3）must ①must 表示必须，应该，没有时态变化。如： You must do everything as I do. ②must 表示肯定的推测。如： The light is still on, so he must be at home. ③mustn’t 表示禁止做某事。如： You mustn’t smoke in the office. （4）have to have to 表示“必须、不得不”，是由于某种外界（客观）原因而“必须”，“不得不” 做某事，也可表示经常的或习惯性的事“必须”做。have to 的否定形式表示不必。have to 可用于多种时态中。如： You will have to clean your own boots when you join the army. I have to be at my office every evening. （5）should / ought to ①should 和 ought to 表示应当、应该，前者比后者语气轻。如： You should / ought to work hard. ②should / ought to 的否定形式表示禁止之意。如：第 22 页 共 22 页Children shouldn’t smoke. ③should 可表示陈述意见，推出建议或请求；而 ought to 可以表示劝告之意。如： You ought to respect your parents. He suggested that they should leave at once. ④should 可以用来表示说话者“吃惊”的语气， 常翻译成“竟然”。

You can’t imagine such a well-dressed man should be so rude to a lady. （6）will / would ①will 用于各种人称表示“意志”、“意愿”或“决心”等，否定式 won’t + 动词。如： I will tell you all about it. Tom won’t do such a thing. ②will 用于疑问句中，常用在第二称时表示说话人向对方提出“请求”或“询问”如： Will you please tell her the news when you see her? ③will 表示习惯性的动作，有“总是”、“惯于”的含义。如： Fish will die out of water. ④would 表示客气的请求、建议或意愿。如： Would you please be quiet? Would you like coffee? ⑤would 表示过去反复发生的动作。如： When I passed my school I would see my teachers who taught me 5 years ago. （7）need need 作“必要”讲，既可作情态动词，也可作实义动词。作实义动词时后面的动词不定式 要带 to，其变化与一般动词相同。如：第 23 页 共 23 页I need to think it over. ---Need you go now? --—Yes, I must./No, I needn’t （8）dare dare 表示“敢”的意思。作为情态动词时，主要用在疑问句和否定句中。dare 若作实义动 词，后面可带 to 的不定式，此时 to 也可以省略。dare 与 need 的用法相似。如： How dare you say that? She doesn’t date(to)ask her father. （9）used to used to 表示过去常常发生的动作或存在的习惯，但现在已不复存在了。如： He used to smoke. （10）shall ①shall 作为情态动词用于第二、三人称，表示说话人的意愿，有“命令”、“警告、威胁、 强制”和“允许”等意思。如： We shall do as our teacher says. You shall have the book as soon as I finish it. ②在疑问句中，shall 用于征求对方的意见或请求指示，常用于第一、第三人称。如： Where shall he wait for us? Shall we go out for a walk? 2、情态动词表示推测或判断的用法 下表即是表示推测的情态动词使用的场合：第 24 页 共 24 页情态动词 对现在和未来的推测 对过去的推测 使 用 场 合 must + 动词原形 must+ have done 肯定句 May / might+ have done 肯定句、否定句may / might + 动词原形 can /could +doCan / could+have done 否定句、疑问名（could 可用于肯定句）should 用来表示一种估计的情况“按理会/估计会”should do/be should have done 肯 定句、否定句、疑问句 例如： It must have rained last night. She may not be at home. = It is possible that she is not at home. She can’t be at home. = It is impossible that she is at home. They should be there right now. 3、情态动词在虚拟语气中的用法 情态动词用于虚拟语气中表示责备的感情色彩，用法如下： （1） should have done 表示 “本来应该做某事而实际上未做” ， 而 shouldn’ t have done 则表示“本不应该做某事而实际上做了”。如： You should have told me about it earlier. You shouldn’t have said such words to your parents. （2）ought to have done 也表示“本应该……”而 ought not to have done 则意为“本 不应该……”。如： You ought to have told me about it earlier. You ought not to have said such words to your parents. （3）needn’t have done 表示“本无必要做某事而实际上做了”。如：第 25 页 共 25 页You needn’t have walked so quickly since time was enough. （4）could have done 表示“本来有可能……而事实上未做到”。如： I could have come on time, but my car broke on the way. 二、精典名题导解 选择填空 1. I was really anxious about you. You________home without a word.(NMET 2001) A.mustn’t have C.couldn’t have left B.shouldn’t have left D.needn’t have解析：答案为 B。本题考查的是情态动词在虚拟语气中的用法。题目给出的条件是“我确实 非常担心你”，因此后面可知应是责备 you 不应该没说一句话就离开了。

2.—Are you coming to Jeff’s party? —I’m not sure. I__________ go to the concert instead.(NMET 2000) A.must B.would C.should D.might解析：答案为 D。本题考查情态动词的基本用法。由题目中“I’m not sure”,表明我可能 去 Jeff’s party，也可能去音乐会，故用 might。

3. —Will you stay for lunch? —Sorry, ____________. My brother is coming to see me.(NMET 99) A.I mustn’t B.I can’t C.I needn’t D.I won’t解析：答案为 B。本题考查表示请求的英语口语，用 will 来向第二人称提问的疑问结构，是 表示一种请求和意愿，是用疑问的形式来表达较为婉转的祈使语气，意思是“请你……，好 吗”，对于这种问句的肯定回答是：Suree! Gertainly! Yes, of course. I’d be glad to 等； 否定回答通常是：I’m sorry, I can’t. No, I’m afraid I can’t. I’m sorry, but … I’第 26 页 共 26 页d like to, but …等。注意情态动词表客气的用法及其在一般疑问句中的问与答。

考点十：倒装句 1. 完全倒装 表示方式或方位的副词或介词短语置于句首 eg. In the dark forest _______, some large enough to hold several English towns. A. stand many lakes C. many lakes lie Key: B 2. 部分倒装 a. only 修饰副词、介词短语或状语从句，且放于句首时 eg. Only then ______ how much damage had been caused. A. she realized C. had she realized Key: D b. 否定副词 never,nor,not,hardly,little,seldom,rarely 等置于句首时 eg. Little _____ that we were watching his every move, so he seemed to be going his own way in this business. A. he realized C. didn’t he realize Key: D c. 几个重要句型 So + be/情态/助 动词 + 主语第 27 页 共 27 页B. lie many lakes D. many lakes standB. she had realized D. did she realizedB. he didn’t realize D. did he realizeNeither + be/情态/助动词 + 主语 So + adj/adv … + that … Neither …, nor … Not only …, but also … Not until … eg. If Joe’s wife won’t go to the party, ___________. A. he will either C. he neither will Key: B 3. 形式倒装 as 引导让步状语从句，必须把所强调的信息放在句首 eg. _______, his idea was accepted by all the people at the meeting. A. Strange as might it sound C. As strange it might sound Key: D 考点十一：强调句 1.强调句型 It is/was + 被强调部分 + that + 句子其他成分 a. 强调句变为一般疑问句或特殊疑问句 b. not…until 的强调句型 eg. It ______ we had stayed together for a couple of days _____ I found we had a lot in common.第 28 页 共 28 页B. neither will he D. either he willB. As it might sound strange D. Strange as it might soundA. was until; when C. wasn’t unitl; when Key: DB. was until; that D. wasn’t until; thatc. 强调句中含有定语从句或其他从句 eg. It is not who is right but what is right ______ is of importance. A. which B. it C. that D. thisKey: Cd. 强调句中强调时间装状语和 It is +时间+ when 定语从句等句式的区分2． 谓语动词的强调 强调谓语用 do/does/did 。

考点十二：省略句 1. 不定式的省略 a. 省略动词不定式后的动词， 保留 to。

常在 expect, forget, intend, like, love, mean, prefer, seem, try, want 等后面 b. 在 have, need, ought, be going , used 等的后面 c. 否定形式的省略用 not to d. 如果不定式中含有 be, have, have been, 通常保留 be, have, have been 2. 状语从句中的省略 a. 当状语从句的主语和主句的主语一致时，可以省略状语从句中的主语和 be b. 当从句的主语是 it，谓语动词中含有 be 时，可以省略 it 和 be第 29 页 共 29 页c. 用 so 和 not 代替上文内容 考点十三：介 词 介词是表示它后面的名词、代词、短语、从句等与句子其他成分的关系的词。在句子中 它不能单独使用，只能由名词、代词、数词、动名词等构成的介词短语作句子的成分。介词 分为简单介词、复合介词、双重介词、短语介词和分词介词五种类型。高考介词主要考查点 如下： 1、常见介词的用法。

2、介词的固定搭配： 1）介词与其后的名词或代词构成介词短语，在句中作状语、宾语、表语、宾补语后置定 语。

2）介词与其前面的动词或形容词构成动词词组，后面要有宾语。这时的词组相当于一个 及物动词。

3、最常见表示时间、地点与方式介词的用法。

4、某些意思比较相近的介词用法辨析。

5、同一介词可表达多种意义，同一场合意义不同则介词不同；； 6、复合介词及双重介词的使用 解题策略： ● 牢记固定的介词词组 ●正确把握重要介词的用法 ● 辨析意义相近的介词 【要点点拨】 复习时要把握三点： A. 要注意理解情景意义：同一介词可表达多种意义，同一场合意义不同则介词不同。

He hasn’t come for a month. (for 持续时间) The day is warm for April .（for 就……而言）第 30 页 共 30 页B. 要突破几个关键介词 in , on , at , with , by , from , of , to , for . 1 . 表示时间的：at; in ; on , since , from , to , after , within , during , throughout , towards , over , by , till ; 2 . 表示穿越的:through , across , over 3．表示地理位置的：in ; on; to ; 4． 表示原因、目的的：for ;with ; from ; 5. 表示关于的:about , concerning , regarding , with regard to , as for ,as to ; 6. 表示根据：on ; according to ; 7. in the corner ;on the corner , at the corner 的区别 8．between 和 among 9．besides ;except ; but ;except for 10．in 和 with C. 要注意介词搭配，集中归纳，反复练习。

1. 固定与 to 构成搭配的名词：key , answer , visit , apology , introduction ,note , etc. 2. 与 on 有关的：mercy , congratulations 3. 与 at 有关的：angry , good , bad , clever , terrified , surprised ; 4. 与 of 有关的：afraid , sure , full , tired , fond , proud , worthy , certain ; 5. 与 with 有关的：angry , strict , careful , busy , poplar ; 6. 与 to 有关的：next, good , polite , kind , cruel , rude , known , anxious , married , close , near , similar, due ; 7. 与 for 有关的：sorry , good , free , fit , unfit , eager, anxious , hungry ; 8. 与 from 有关的：far , different , free, safe , absent , tired . 几组介词的区别： 一、 表示地点时 at, in, on 的区别 ★ at 表示在较小的地方(村庄, 小城镇,门牌); 在某物旁(不确定的地方) ★ in 表示在较大的地方(国家,城市); 在某物范围内.(地点的排列顺序是由小到大). ★ on 表示在某物上(表面接触); road 前用 on, street 前用 in/on; 楼层用 on; farm 前用 on, field 前用 in. 二、 表示时间时 at, in, on 的区别 ★ at 表示时间点(在几点,中午;午夜;夜里;某日期或一段时间的开头或结尾)(at suise; at the weekend; at Christmas) ★ on 表示在特定的某一天或某天的上午,下午,晚上等 ★ in 表示一段时间.后接月,年,季等表一段时间的名词. 三、 表持续时间的 since, for, in, after 的区别第 31 页 共 31 页★ since 接过去的某时间点, 常用于完成时. ★ for 接一段具体的时间, 常用于完成时. ★ in + 一段时间与非延续性动词连用,表一段时间以后,多用于将来时; 与延续性动词 连用,表一段时间内,时态不限. ★ after + 一段时间,常用于过去时. 四、 表方位的介词 in, on, to, off 的区别 ★ in 表示在境内. ★ on 表示相邻或在边界上, 不在境内. ★ to 表示在境外, 不接壤. ★ off 表示在海面上靠近海岸的地方. 五、 表示运动方向或目的的介词 ★ across 表示穿过物体表面,或横过. ★ through 表示在某一空间通过,或纵向穿过. ★ along 表示沿着一条线平行. ★ up 表示向上,由南到北,由东到西,由沿海到内陆,由小地方到大地方,由农村到城市. 反之则用 down. ★ to 表示动作的目的地; towards 指朝向,无到达的意思; for 表示前往的目的,连用的 动词有 leave, start off, set out, head, sail 等. 六、 表示除---- 之外的介词 ★ besides 表示包含, 除 --- 之外还有--★ except 表示排除, 除 ---- 之外 ★ but 表示排除, 多与 nobody, none, no one, nothing, anything, everyone, all,第 32 页 共 32 页who 等连用. ★ except for 表示除去整体中的部分, “只是, 只不过” 七、 介词 among 和 between 的区别 ★ among 表示三个或以上的人或物之间,后接复数名词或集体名词. ★ between 用于两者之间, 或三个以上的两两之间(具体的名词已经列出) 八、 表示价格,比率,标准,速度的介词 ★ at 表示价值，价格, 比率或速度, 表单价. ★ for 表示交换, 指总价钱 ★ by 表示度量单位或标准. 后接表计量单位的名词一般是单数,前面需加定冠词 the. 数词或复数名词前不加. 九、介词 with 后面加上 doing/done/adj./prep/prep-phrase 的复合结构作定语或状语。考点十四：形容词和副词 ·高考形容词考查项目 1）形容词作定语、表语和宾语补足语的用法； 2）比较等级：原级、比较级、最高级。

副词考查项目 1）时间、地点、方式、程度、疑问、连接、关系等副词的用法； 2）比较等级：原级、比较级、最高级。

·解题策略： 高考题中多次出现对形容词、副词考点的考查，而侧重语境考查的题目占较大比重。答 此类题目时不仅仅要理解形容词和副词的词义，而且对语境的正确理解更为重要。

·知识盘点 * 形容词及其用法 1．形容词修饰名词，说明事物或人的性质或特征。通常，可将形容词分成性质形容词和叙 述形容词两类，其位置不一定都放在名词前面。

1）直接说明事物的性质或特征的形容词是性质形容词，它有级的变化，可以用程度副 词修饰，在句中可作定语、表语和补语。

2）叙述形容词只能作表语，所以又称为表语形容词。这类形容词没有级的变化，也不第 33 页 共 33 页可用程度副词修饰。大多数以 a 开头的形容词都属于这一类。

这类词还有： well，unwell，ill，faint，afraid，alike，alive，alone，asleep，awake 等。

3）形容词作定语修饰名词时，要放在名词的前边。但是如果形容词修饰以-thing 为字 尾的词语时，要放在这些词之后。例如：something nice. 2. 以-ly 结尾的形容词 1） 大部分形容词加-ly 可构成副词。但 friendly，deadly，lovely，lonely，likely， lively，ugly，brotherly，仍为形容词。

2） 有些以-ly 结尾既为形容词， 也为副词， 如 daily， weekly， monthly， yearly， early 等。

3. 用形容词表示类别和整体 1） 某些形容词加上定冠词可以泛指一类人，与谓语动词的复数连接，如 the dead， the living，the rich，the poor，the blind，the hungry 等。

2） 有关国家和民族的形容词加上定冠词指这个民族的整体，与动词的复数连用，如 the British，the English，the French，the Chinese 等。

4. 多个形容词修饰名词的顺序 多个形容词修饰名词时，限定词+数量词（序数词在前，基数词在后）+性状形容词+ 大小、长短、高低等形体+新旧+颜色+国籍+材料+名词，如 those + three + beautiful + large + square +old + brown + wood + table。

下面的口诀可帮你记住这一先后顺序，也是解题的关键。

限定描绘大长高， 形状年龄和新老； 颜色国籍跟材料， 作用类别往后靠； 其中，“限定词”包括：冠词、物主代词、指示代词、或数词，它位于各类形容词前。

它本身分为三位，即：前、中、后。前位限定词有 all、half、both、分数和倍数；中位 限定词有冠词、指示代词、物主代词等；后位限定词有基数词和序数词，但序数词位于基 数词前。如:both my hands、all half his income 等。“描绘”性形容词如：beautiful、 bad、cold、great 等。“大长高”表示大小、长短、高低等一些词。表示“形状”的词第 34 页 共 34 页如： round square 等。

“国籍” 指一个国家或地区的词。

“材料” 的词如： wooden, woolen, stone, silk 等。“作用类别”的词如：medical, college，writing desk，police car 等。

还有一句最简单的口诀更容易记记：限观形龄色国材 * 副词及其基本用法 副词主要用来修饰动词，形容词，副词或其他结构。

一、副词的位置 1） 在动词之前。

2） 在 be 动词、助动词之后。

3） 多个助动词时，副词一般放在第一个助动词后。

注意： a. 大多数方式副词位于句尾，但宾语过长，副词可以提前，以使句子平衡。

b. 方式副词 well，badly，hard 等只放在句尾。

二、副词的排列顺序： 1） 时间，地点副词，小单位的在前，大单位在后。

2） 方式副词，短的在前，长的在后，并用 and 或 but 等连词连接。

3） 多个不同副词排列：程度+地点+方式+时间副词。

注意：副词 very 可以修饰形容词，但不能修饰动词。

注意：副词 enough 要放在形容词的后面，形容词 enough 放在名词前后都可。

三、兼有两种形式的副词 1） close 与 closely close 意思是"近"；closely 意思是"仔细地"。

2） late 与 lately late 意思是"晚"；lately 意思是"最近"。

3） deep 与 deeply deep 意思是"深"，表示空间深度；deeply 时常表示感情上的深度，"深深地"。

4） high 与 highly high 表示空间高度；highly 表示程度，相当于 much。

5） wide 与 widely wide 表示空间宽度；widely 意思是"广泛地"，"在许多地方"。

6） free 与 freely free 的意思是"免费"；freely 的意思是"无限制地"。

* 形容词与副词的比较级 大多数形容词 （性质形容词） 和副词有比较级和最高级的变化， 即原级、 比较级和最高级， 用来表示事物的等级差别。

原级即形容词的原形， 比较级和最高级有规则变化和不规则变化 两种。

1） 规则变化第 35 页 共 35 页单音节词和少数双音节词，加词尾-er，-est 来构成比较级和最高级。

构成法 一般单音节词末尾 加-er,-est 以不发音的 e 结尾 的单音词和少数以 - le 结尾的双音节词只加 -r,-st 以一个辅音字母结 尾的闭音节单音节词， 双写结尾的辅音字母， 再加-er,-est "以辅音字母+y"结 尾的双音节词， 改 y 为 i， 再加-er，-est 少 数 以 -er,-ow 结 尾的双音节词未尾加 -er,-est 其他双音节词和多 音节词，在前面加 more，most 来构成比 较级和最高级 2） 不规则变化第 36 页 共 36 页原级 tall比较级 taller最高级 tallestnicenicernicestbigbiggerbiggestbusybusierbusiestclever/narro wcleverer/ narrowercleverest/ narrowestimportant/ easilymore important/ more easilymost important/ easily most原级 good well（健康的） bad ill（有病的） old much/many little far * 一些固定结构的用法 1．as + 形容词或副词原级 + as比较级 better最高级 bestworseworstolder/elder more less farther/furtheroldest/eldest most least farthest/furthest1）在否定句或疑问句中可用 so… as。

2 ）当 as … as 中间有名词时采用以下格式： as + 形容词 + a + 单数名词 / as + many/much +名词。

注意： too 和 so 也可以构成 too+形容词+ a +单数名词 结构 3）用表示倍数的词或其他程度副词做修饰语时，放在 as 的前面。

4）倍数+ as + adj. + as <=> 倍数+ the … + of。例如： This bridge is three times as long as that one. 这座桥的长度是那座的三倍。

This bridge is three times the length of that one. Your room is twice as large as mine. 你的房间是我的两倍大。

Your room is twice the size of mine. 2．比较级形容词或副词 + than 。

注意： 1）要避免重复使用比较级。

2）要避免将主语含在比较对象中。

3）要注意对应句型，遵循前后一致的原则。

4）要注意定冠词在比较级中的使用。

3． 可修饰比较级的词 1）a bit, a little, rather, much, far, by far, many, a lot, lots, a great deal, any, still, even 等。第 37 页 共 37 页2）还可以用表示倍数的词或度量名词作修饰语。

3）以上词（除 by far）外，必须置于比较级形容词或副词的前面。

4. many, old 和 far 1） 如果后接名词时，much more +不可数名词，many more +可数名词复数。

2） old 有两种比较级和最高级形式: older/oldest 和 elder/eldest。

elder， eldest 只 用于兄弟姐妹的长幼关系。

3） far 有两种比较级，farther，further。一般 father 表示距离，further 表示进一 步。

5． the + 最高级 + 比较范围 1）形容词最高级前通常必须用定冠词 the，副词最高级前可不用。

形容词 most 前面没有 the，不表示最高级的含义，只表示"非常"。

注意：使用最高级要注意将主语包括在比较范围内。

2） 在比较级前可以使用 much,(a)little, a lot, far, even, still, any, a great deal, rather 等副词表示比较的程度,many,(a)few 只能用在表示数量比较的 more 前。

另外,在 too, very, quite, so, rather 等后应用原级。例如: 下列词可修饰最高级，by far, far, much, mostly, almost。

注意： a. very 可修饰最高级，但位置与 much 不同。

b. 序数词通常只修饰最高级。

3） 最高级的意义有时可以用比较级表示出来。

4） "否定词语+比较级"，"否定词语+ so… as"结构也可以表示最高级含义。

6. 和 more 有关的词组， 1） the more…the more… 越……就越……。

2） more B than A=less A than B 与其说 A 不如说 B。

3） no more… than… 与……一样……，不比……多。

no less… than… 与……一样……。

4） more than 不只是，非常。

7．.the+形容词/副词比较级+of the two “两个中更……的那一个” 。

8．最高级后表示比较范围的介词使用。例如: Han Meimei is the youngest ______ all the students. A. in B. than C. of D. over在最高级后通常会用一个 in 或 of 引导的介词短语来表示比较的范围。

in 表示在一定场第 38 页 共 38 页所、范围内进行比较,of 则表示与同类对象进行比较,故该题选 C。

考点十五：动词时态语态考点盘点 1、动词时态考查要点简述 （1）一般现在时考点分析 ①表示客观事实或普通真理（不受时态限制） The geography teacher told us the earth moves around the sun. Water boils at 100oC. ②表示现状、性质、状态时多用系动词或状态动词；表示经常或习惯性的动作，多用动作动 词，且常与表频率的时间状语连用。

Ice feels cold. We always care for each other and help each other. ③表示知觉、态度、 感情、 某种抽象的关系或概念的词常用一般现在时： see、 hear、 smell、 taste、feel、notice、agree、believe、like、hate、want、think、belong seem 等。如： I know what you mean. Smith owns a car and a house. All the students here belong to No.1 Middle School. ④在时间、条件状语从句中常用一般现在时代替将来时。但要注意由 if 引导的条件状语从 句中可以用 shall 或 will 表“意愿”，但不表示时态。

If you will accept my invitation and come to our party, my family will be pleased.如 果你愿意接受并参加我们的舞会，我的家人会非常高兴。

⑤少数用于表示起止的动词如 come、go、leave、arrive、fly、return、start、begin、 pen、close、end、stop 等常用一般现在时代替将来时，表示一个按规定、计划或安排要第 39 页 共 39 页发生的动作。当 be 表示根据时间或事先安排，肯定会出现的状态，只用一般现在时。

The shop closes at 11:00 p.m. every day. Tomorrow is Wednesday. （2）一般过去时的考点分析（考核重点）。

①一般过去时的基本用法： 表示过去的事情、 动作或状态常与表示过去具体的时间状语连用 （或有上下文语境暗示）；用于表达过去的习惯；表示说话人原来没有料到、想到或希望的 事通常用过去式。如： I met her in the street yesterday. I once saw the famous star here. They never drank wine. I thought the film would be interesting,but it isn’t. ②如果从句中有一个过去的时间状语， 尽管从句中的动作先于主句发生， 但从句中的谓语动 词连用过去式。如： He told me he read an interesting novel last night. ③表示两个紧接着发生的动作， 常由以下词语连接， 用一般过去时。

如： but, and, when, as soon as, immediately, the moment, the minute。

The moment she came in, she told me what had happened to her. He bought a watch but lost it. ④常用一般过去时的句型： Why didn’t you / I think of that? I didn’t notice it. I forgot to tell you I had been there with my brother before.第 40 页 共 40 页I didn’t recognize him. （3）一般将来时考点分析。

①表示未来的动作或状态常用 will / shall + 动词（常与表示将来的时间状语边用如 tomorrow、next week 等）。

②表示一种趋向或习惯动作。

We’ll die without air or water. ③表示趋向行为的动词如 come、go、start、begin、leave 等词常用进行时的形式表示将 来时。

④be going to 与 will / shall, be to do, be about to do 用法及区别： be going to 表示现在打算在最近或将来要做某事，这种打算往往经过事先考虑，甚至已 做了某种准备；shall / will do 表示未事先考虑过，即说话时临时作出的决定。

be going to 表将来，不能用在条件状语从句的主句中；而 will 则能，表意愿。如： If it is fine, we’ll go fishing.(正确) If it is fine, we are going to go fishing.(错误) be to do sth.表按计划、安排即将发生的动作，还可表示吩咐、命令、禁止，可能性等。

A meeting is to be held at 3:00 o’clock this afternoon. be about to do sth.表示“即可，就要”，后面不能接时间状语或状语从句。

Autumn harvest is about to start. （4）现在进行时考点分析。

①表示说话时正在发生着的一个动作； 表示现阶段但不一定是发生在讲话时； 表近期特定的 安排或计划；go、come 等起止动作可用进行时代替将来时。如： It is raining now.第 41 页 共 41 页He is teaching English and learning Chinese. I am meeting Mr. Wang tonight. We are leaving on Friday. At six I am bathing the baby.(I start bathing the bady before six.) The girl is always talking loud in public.(与 always、often 等频度副词连用，表经常反 复的行动或某种感情色彩) ②下面四类动词不宜用现在进行时。

（A） 表示心理状态、 情感的动作： like, love, hate, care, remember, believe, want, mind, wish, agree, mean, need。（B）表存在的状态的动词： appear, exist, lie, remain, seem belong to, depend on。（C）表示一时性动作的动词： allow, accept, permit, promise, admit, complete。（D）表示感官的动词：see, hear, notice, feel, smell, sound, taste, look。

（5）过去完成时考点分析（考核重点）。

①常用过去完成时的几种情况：（A）在 by、by the end、by the time、until、before、 since 后接表示过去某一时间的短语或从句以前发生的动作。如：By the end of last year, we had produced 20,000 cars. The train had left before we reached the station. (B) 表示曾实现的希望、 打算、 意图、 诺言等。

常用 had hoped / planned / meant / intended/ though / wanted / expected 等或用上述动词过去式接不定式完成式表示即：hoped / planned … + to have done。（C）“时间名词 + before”在句子中作状语，谓语动词 用过去完成时；“时间名词 + ago”在句中作状语，谓语动词用一般过去式。如：He said his first teacher had died at least 10 years before. Xiao Hua left school 3 years ago. （D）表示“一……就”的几个句型：Hardly / No sooner / Scarcely had + 主语 + 过去 分词 + when / than / before + 一般过去时。如：We had no sooner been seated than第 42 页 共 42 页the bus started. = No sooner had we been seated than the bus started. ②在 before 或 after 引导的时间状语从句中用一般过去时态代替过去完成时。

After he (had)left the room, the boss came in. We arrived home before it snowed. （6）过去将来时考点分析。

参照一般将来时对比：用 would do、was / were going to do sth.表过去将来；come、 go、leave 等过去进行时表过去将来时；was / were to do sth.和 was / were about to do sth.表过去将来。

（7）过去进行时考点分析。

①过去某一时刻正在进行的动作或某一阶段内发生或频繁发生。

②某一动作发生时另一动作正在发生，其中一个在由 when 或 while 引导的时间状语从句 中。

（8）现在完成时考点分析。

①现在完成时除可以和 for、since 引导的状语连用外，还可以和下面的介词短语连用： during / in /over the last(past)few years (months, weeks)、in recent years 等。

②下列句型中常用现在完成时 It is (has been) + 一段时间 + since 从句 This(That / It)is the first(second…)time that + 完成时 This(That / It)is the only … + that + 完成时 This(that / It)is the best / finest / most interesting … + that 从句 + 完成时 ③在时间或条件状语从句中，现在完成时可以代替一般将来时。如： I shall post the letter as soon as I have written it.第 43 页 共 43 页If you have done the experiment, you will realize the theory better. Don’t get off the bus until it has stopped. （9）注意几组时态的区别： ①一般过去时与现在完成时：时间上有差异：凡有过去时间的均用过去时态，不能用完成时 态，如含有 ago、last year、just now、the other day 等。

结果上有差异：现在完成时强调的是对“现在”的影响和结果，动作到现在刚完成或还在继 续；一般过去时强调的是动作发生在“过去”，和现在毫无关系。

②过去完成时与一般过去时：过去完成时强调的是“过去的过去”；如出现同一主语连续几 个动作（“连谓”）形式则只用一般过去时即可。

2、被动语态考查要点简述 被动语态的构成方式：be + 过去分词，口语只也有用 get / become + 过去分词表示。被 动语态的基本用法： 不知道或没必要提到动作的执行者是谁时用被动语态。

强调或突出动作 的承受者常用被动语态（by 短语有时可以省略）。

（1）使用被动语态时应注意的几个问题。

①主动变化被动时双宾语的变化。看下列例句。

My friend gave me an interesting book on my birthday. An interesting book was given to me(by my friend)on my birthday. I was given an interesting book (by my friend)on my birthday. ②主动变被动时，宾补成主补（位置不变）；（作补语的）不定式前需加 to。

The boss made him work all day long. He was made to work all day long(by the boss) ③短语动词变被动语态时，勿要掉“尾巴”。第 44 页 共 44 页The children were taken good care of (by her). Your pronunciation and spelling should be paid attention to. ④情态动词和 be going to、be to、be sure to、used to、have to、had better 等结构 变被动语态，只需将它们后面的动词原形变为 be +过去分词。

⑤当句子的谓语为 say、believe、expect、think、know、write、consider、report 等时， 被动语态有两种形式：（A）谓语动词用被动语态，动词不定式作主补。（B）用 it 作形式 主语，真正的主语在后面用主语在后面用主语从句来表示。如： People say he is a smart boy. It is said that he is a smart boy. He is said to be a smart boy. People know paper was made in China first. It is known that paper was made in China first. Paper was known to be made in China first. 类似句型有：It is said / known / suggested / believed / hoped/ thought that … （2）不能用被动语态的几种情况。

①所有的不及物动词或不及物动词词组不能用于被动语态之中。

②表示状态的谓语动词，如：last、hold、benefit、contain、equal、fit、join、mean、 last、look like、consist to 等。

③表示归属的动词，如 have、own、belong to 等。

④表示“希望、意图”的动词，如：wish、want、hope、like、love、hate 等。

⑤宾语是反身代词或相互代词时谓语动词用主动语态，不能用被动语态。

⑥宾语是同源宾语，不定式、动名词等谓语动词不用被动语态。第 45 页 共 45 页⑦有些动词以其主动形式表示被动意义，特别是当主语是物时，常见的动词有 sell、write、 wash、open、lock 等。

（3）主动形式表被动意义。

①当 feel、look、smell、taste、sound 等后面接形容词时；当 cut、read、sell、wear、 write 等词带状语修饰语时；当动词表示“开始、结束、关、停、转、启动”等意义时。

This kind of cloth washes easily.这种布易洗。

These novels won’t sell well.这些小说不畅销。

My pen writes smoothly.我的钢笔写起来很流畅。

The door won’t lock.门锁不上。

The fish smells good.鱼闻起来香。

②当 break out、take place、shut off、turn off、work out 等动词表示“发生、关闭、 制定”等意思时。

The plan worked out successfully. The lamps on the wall turn off. ③want, require, need 后面的动名词用主动表示被动含义。

④be worth doing 用主动形式表示被动含义。

⑤在“be + 形容词 + to do”中，不定式的逻辑宾语是句子的主语，用主动代被动。

This kind of water isn’t fit to drink. The girl isn’t easy to get along with. 另外：be to blame(受谴责)，be to rent（出租）也用主动形式表被动。

（4）被动形式表示主动意义的几种情况。

①be seated 坐着第 46 页 共 46 页He is seated on a bench.（He seats himself on a bench.）坐在凳子上。

②be hidden 躲藏 He was hidden behind the door.(He hid himself behind the door.)他藏在门后。

③be lost 迷路 ④be drunk 喝醉 ⑤be dressed 穿着 The girl was dressed in a red short skirt. （5）被动语态与系表结构的区别 被动语态强调动作；系表结构表主语的特点或状态。如： The book was sold by a certain bookstore.(被动语态) The book is well sold.(系表结构) 二、精典名题导解 选择填空 1. Visitors ________not to touch the exhibits.(NMET 2001) A.will request B.are requested C.are requesting D.request 解析：答案为 B。此题的时态是不难判断的，因为说的是一条规定，所以用一般现在时，而 visitor 与 request 之间是动宾关系，即 request visitors not to touch the exhibits,究竟 是谁要求他们这样做呢？不清楚，也不必知道，因此需要用被动语态。分析 visitors 与 request 之间的关系是此题的解题关键。

2. Selecting a mobile phone for personal use is no easy task because technology __________ so rapidly.(NMET 2001)第 47 页 共 47 页A.is changing B.has changed C.will have changed D.will change 解析：答案为 A。此题考查现在进行时态的用法。句意为“选择一部移动电话不是一件容易 的事，因为科技发展得十分迅速。”本句的主句一般现在时表达的是目前的情况，而“科技 发展迅速”也是现阶段正存在的一种状态，不是在过去，也不是在将来，因此只能用现在进 行时表达。

3. All the preparations for the task ___________, and we’re ready to start.（2000 年春 季高考） A.completed B.complete C.had been completed D.have been completed 解析： 答案为 D。

现在完成时表示过去年做的事对现在的影响。

从 and we’ re ready to start 句意可知，一切准备工作已经就绪，可以开始工作了。complete 是及物动词，与句子的主 语是被动关系，所以需要用被动语态表达。注意①分清 complete 与主语之间的关系；②结 合语境选择正确时态。

考点十六：动词短语考点盘点 1.break vt. A. 打破、打碎、打断 Who broke the window into pieces? He fell and broke his leg. Try not to break the silence. B.违反 He often breaks his promise/his word/ the law/ the rule.第 48 页 共 48 页C.习语 break away 突然离开 break away from sb.脱离、离开、背弃 break down 中断、粉碎、发生故障、（身体）跨了、（机器）坏了 break forth 迸发、爆发、发泄 break in 闯进、打断 break in on sb.打断某人的谈话 break into…闯入、侵占 break…into pieces 打碎 break off 折断、突然中断 break…open 撬开 break out 爆发 break through…突破 break…up 开垦、破碎、解散、分解 break with sb.与某人断交 break sb's heart 使某人心碎 2.bring A. vt. 带来、拿来（由远而近） Bring me the paper, please. He forgot to bring his umbrella. May I bring her to see you? Shall I bring the books upstairs? After we were seated, she brought out dishes. B.习语第 49 页 共 49 页bring…about 造成、导致 bring… down 打落（飞机、禽鸟等）、降低（物价、温度等） bring… forward 提出 bring…in 引进、介绍、收获 bring…into being 实现、使产生 bring…into effect/practice 实行、贯彻 bring…out 出版、发表 bring…to an end/ a stop/ a close 使终止、结束 bring… to mind 使想起、回忆起 bring…together 集合；召集 bring…up 养育、呕吐 bring…to victory 使走向胜利 bring…to safety 带到安全地带 3.catch A. vt. 抓住、逮住、挂住 He caught my hand and held it tightly. We caught ten monkeys in all. The nail caught my coat. 但是 vi. 挂住 His coat caught on a nail. The kite caught in a tree. B.赶上、搭上 We'll hurry and catch the 10:30 bus. C.听懂 Pease repeat it. I didn't quite catch you. Do you catch my meaning?第 50 页 共 50 页D.染上 He caught a bad flu. E.（出其不意地）撞上、碰上 She caught him smoking. Some boys were caught stealing flowers from the garden. F. 给撞上、碰上 The ship was caught in a hurricane. One night we were caught in a thunderstorm. Hurry up and don't get caught in a storm. G.习语 catch at sth. 想抓住、设法抓住 catch sb. by surprise 出其不意抓住 catch/get/seize/take hold of…（突然）抓住、抓牢 catch sb's attention/eye 吸引某人注意 catch sight of…看到、发现 catch the point of…抓住…的要点 catch up 赶上 catch up with…赶上… 补上 COME 4．Do A. aux. v. (1) 帮助构成一般过去时或一般现在时的疑问或否定式 They do not believe it. When id they arrive there? (2) 用在肯定句和祈使句中加强语气 I do miss you, Mum.第 51 页 共 51 页She does sing well. Do be on time. So she did come after all. (3) 用来表示前边提到的动作（以免重复） ---May I come round in the evening? ---Yes, please do. I knew he would help us, and he did. (4) 用于某些倒装句中 Only then did I realize he had been wrong. Never did he know anything about it. B. 做 vt. Can I do anything for you? We often do our homework together. The glass is broken. who did it? We did some reading last night. She did most of the talking. C. vi. (1) 表示生活、学习等情况 How do you do? They did very well in English but badly in maths. How did you do in the exam? How are you doing? (2) 行了、够了、可以第 52 页 共 52 页Talking with your mouth full won't do. On e piece of bread will do. (3) 做、办 Do as you are told to. When in Rome, do as the Romans do. Let her do as she likes. D.习语 do…with…处理 What have you done with my bike? can do with…将就用 I can do with the old bed. do something about…对…采取措施 do sb. a favor=do a favor for sb.帮某人个忙 do away with…废除、破除、去掉 do sb. good/harm/wrong= do good/harm/wrong to sb. 对某人有益/有害/冤枉某人 do one's best/ bit/part=do everything/all/what one can 尽力 do …up 包扎、扣（纽扣） do without…没有…也行、不需要 have something to do with…与…有关 do right/wrong 做得对/做错了 come A. vi.来 She is coming in no time. Here comes the soup. He came running all the way.第 53 页 共 53 页逐渐 He has come to love the stories by William Shakespeare. He has come to realize the importance of good English. B. link v. His dream finally came true. C.习语 come about 发生 come across…偶遇；偶尔发现 come along 一道来；一起去；进步；赶快 come at…袭击 come by… 获得 How did you come by these pictures? come away 脱离；折断 come back 回来；复员；恢复 come down 倒下；跌落；传下来 come down with…患（病） come (in) first/second 得第一/二 come forth 出来；涌现 come forward 前进；自告奋勇；涌现 come from… 出身于；来自 come in/ into sight 出现；被看见 come into being/ existence 发生；产生；出现第 54 页 共 54 页come into effect/ force 开始生效；开始实施 come into power/ office 上台；掌握政权 come into use 开始使用 come off 脱落；发生 come on（风雨等）到来；演出；赶快 come out 长出来；出版 come out against… 起来反对 come out with… 讲出；泄露（秘密等） come to= come to oneslef 苏醒过来 come to …总计；谈到 His earnings comes to $182,000 a year. When it comes to football, everyone likes David Beckham. come a conclusion 得出结论；告一段落 come to a sto/ an end 停止 come to nothing 毫无结果；失败 come to the point 说到要点；抓住关键 come up 走近；长出；流行 come upon…碰见 5.feel 感觉、觉得 A. (1) vt Do you feel any pain when I press here? Facing this situation, they felt both joy and fear.第 55 页 共 55 页(2) link v. I don't feel very well today. The busier he is, the happier he feels. The desk feels smooth. (3) vt. 接复合宾语 I felt someone go upstairs. I felt a great weight taken off my mind after the exam. She felt their eyes watching her when she came to the stage. She felt herself (to be) right. I felt it my duty to help you. He felt it necessary to talk about his own shortcomings. (4) vt. 宾语从句 He felt strongly that we should take some action about the bad practice. B. vt. 摸 He felt the pot and it felt very hot. C.习语 feel like doing sth.想要 feel one's way 摸索前进 feel sb's pulse 切脉 feel as if/ as though 感觉似乎 She felt as if she were a member of the family. feel quite oneself 觉得身体很好 6.find A. vt. (1) 发现 I found a wallet on the street corner yesterday.第 56 页 共 56 页He found her in danger.=He found that she was in danger. I found him (to be) a tough guy.=I found that he was a tough guy. This method was found to be practical.=It was found that the method was practical. I find it interesting to read these stories.= I find that it is interesting to =read these stories. I found a dog killed in the park.= I found that a dog had been killed in the park. I found a man breaking into a warehouse.= I found that a man was breaking into a warehouse. (2) 找到 Have you found the book you have been looking for? B.习语 find…out 查清楚；弄明白；了解；打听 find one's way to sp.设法赶到；进入 They found their way to the front of the crowd. The news found its way to a lot of people. find fault with sb. 对某人吹毛求疵；挑剔 find oneself…发现自己…、不自觉地… They found themselves in a difficult situation. Then I found myself surrounded by some boys. He found himself walking in the direction to the park.他发现自己不知不觉地在往公园 的方向走。

7.get第 57 页 共 57 页A. vt.得到、弄来 Where did you get these good ideas? Let me go get the doctor. Will you get me a ticket?=Will you get a ticket for me? He got a poor wage. Let's get something to eat. B.习语 get about（消息）传开 A rumor(谣传) got around that Fu Biao was ill in hospital. get…across 讲清楚;渡过 I wonder how to get my new ideas across. get ahead of…领先 get along 进展、过活、相处 get away 逃掉 get away from…避免、摆脱、离开 get back 回来 get…back 收回、找回 get behind 落后 get …down 记下来 get down to (business/ work/ studies)认真做 get to know/ realize/love/like 逐渐地了解/爱上 get in 进来 get…in 收进来、请来 get off 起飞、下车、出发 get…off 脱下 get on…上车/船/飞机等；继续进行；相处第 58 页 共 58 页get…out 拔出、洗掉、出版 get out 传出 News got out that you were leaving. get over…克服、摆脱 get rid of…消灭、摆脱、除掉 get round…绕过、回避 get somewhere 有结果/成就 get through…做完、结束；看完、用完 get together 聚会、联欢 get up 起床、举办 The students are going to get up a concert on May Day. have got=have 有 have got to=have to 不得不 8.give vt. 给 Who is going to give the talk? He was given a good beating last night. 习语 give…away 泄露、送掉、分配 give…back 归还、报复 give...forth 发出；发表 give in 屈服、让步 give…in 交上 give in to sb./ sth.屈服于；对…让步 give…off 放出、发出（光、热、气味等） give oneself up to doing sth. 献身于、专心于第 59 页 共 59 页give up 放弃、投降 give…up 停止、戒掉 give way to sb.让步；让位于 As winter gave way to spring, days were getting longer. given that 假定；已知 give sb. a hand 帮某人忙 give rise to 导致 9.go A. vi. 走 He has gone back home a newspaper. Pride goes before a fall. B. link v. He went hungry for a week. His face went pale when he heard the news. This guy went wild/ crazy/ mad after the loss of his wife. Don't ever eat the bread. It has gone bad. C.习语 go after…设法得到；追求 go along 向前发展 We'll learn as we go along. go back on one's word/ promise 失信 go back to…追溯到 This custom goes back to Roman times. go beyond…超过 go down 下落；减弱 go up 增长；提高 go into…研究；从事第 60 页 共 60 页go off 爆炸；（电、水等）停掉 go ahead 继续进行；去做吧 go all out 全力以赴 go and do sth.= go to do sth. go down on one's knees 跪下 go in for 喜爱；从事 go on 发生；持续 go on to do sth.接着做（另一件事情） go on doing sth.继续做（同一件事情） go on with sth. .继续做（同一件事情，可以有间隔） go out 熄灭；过时 go over sth.浏览；复习；审阅 go through…经历；检查； go shopping/ fishing/ skiing/ skating/ begging/ boating/ swimming/ fox hunting/ sightseeing/ mountain climbing go from bad to worse 每况愈下 go from door to door be gone 丢了；走了；一去不复返 Gone are the days when we studied together happily. have a go 试一下 go out of one's way to do sth. 不辞辛劳去做……. go to hell 见鬼去吧 go to sleep 睡着 go through with….把…….进行到底第 61 页 共 61 页go well with…与……相配/协调 go without…不吃/用……过日子 Sometimes they went for days without washing their faces. 10.have 句型 1 have sb./ sth. do sth. Let's have them stand facing the wall. 句型 2 have sb./ sth. doing We had the fire burning all night. I won't have you talking to your dad like that! 句型 3 have sb./ sth. done I will have my radio fixed. He had his wallet stolen. 句型 4 have sth. to do I have a letter to write. 句型 5 have to do sth. I have to get up early every day. 习语 与动词同行的名词连用，表示动作：have a talk with… have a look/ glance/ glimpse at have a meeting/ discussion/ operation/ haircut have an English lesson have a swim/ wash/ rest/ try/ smoke/ taste/ dream/ walk have a cold/ cough/ headache/ pain have lunch/ some beer have a good/pleasant/ tough/ bad/ hard/ difficult terrible time They had a hard time solving the problem. have fun have a word/a few words with sb. have words with sb.第 62 页 共 62 页have something/ nothing/ a lot to do with… have sth. on had better (not) do sth. have something with sb.随身携带 have a baby have a test/ talk/ speech/ lecture/ chat have had enough of 厌倦 have sth. back 要回 have one's own way 按照自己的意思办；我行我素 have sth. to oneself 完全由自己使用 You can have the house entirely to yourself. 11.hold A. vt.拿着；握着 Holding my hand, he tried to calmed me down. Hold the line, please. 容纳 How much water can the tank hold? 拥有；占有 He held the position for years. 举行 Chinese film weeks will be held in other places. B.习语 hold…back 阻碍；忍住；保留 hold…down 控制； 镇压 hold…forth 提出； hold…in memory 记住第 63 页 共 63 页hold on 坚持下去；（电话）别挂 hold on to…抓住不放 hold out 坚持到底；维持；伸出 We must hold out, and the enemy will give up. They were ready to hold out a friendly hand. hold to sth.紧紧抓住；坚持（路线、道路、看法等） hold…together 合在（一起）；团结（在一起） hold…up 举起；耽搁；耽误 The storm held us up, so we were late for the meeting. Their wages were help up or reduced for no reason. 12.keep A. vt. (1)保留 I'll keep a seat for you. (2)养活；饲养 He has a large family to keep. He keeps some chicken. (3)使……处在……状态 Sorry to have kept you waiting. Let's keep the door open but keep the windows closed. You must keep us well informed Mr. Xue always keeps us busy. Close the door to keep the cold out. Let's keep the room in order. B. link v. 保持 We must keep fit.=We must keep in good health. Keep calm in time of danger.第 64 页 共 64 页C.习语 keep a record of 登记；记录 keep a secret 保密 keep watch 注意；提防 keep one's promise/word 履行诺言 keep the law/rule 遵守法律/法规 keep…apart 使分离 keep away 不接近；避开 keep…back 扣下；阻止；留下；忍住（眼泪等） keep birthday/ Christmas 庆祝生日/圣诞等 keep body and soul together 维持生活 keep…down 控制；缩减 keep sb. doing sth. 使…….坚持做 keep silence 保持安静；保持沉默 keep sth. to oneself 把……据为己有 keep sb. from doing sth. 阻止；使免于；抑制 keep hold of…抓住不放 keep …in mind 记住 keep doing sth. 继续做；不断地做 keep on doing sth. 不停地做;反复地做 keep…out 不许…….入内 keep out of…不参与 keep sb. company 与某人做伴； 陪伴某人第 65 页 共 65 页keep to sth.坚持；固守（习惯等） keep…under control 使得以控制 keep in touch with…与保持联系 keep up 坚持；继续 keep up with…跟上 keep watch 守望；站岗 13.know A. vt. (1)知道 I have known him since childhood. (2)懂得 Do you know Japanese? B.习语 be known as…通称为；以著称；被认为是 be known for…因而出名 be known to sb.为某人所了解 become well known 出名 for all/anything/ everything I know 据我所知 It is well known that…众所周知 know about/ of 了解；知道 know…for certain 确实知道 know sb. by name 仅知道某人的名字（不认识） know sb. by sight 与某人面熟（不熟悉） know/learn …by heart 背诵 make…known/public 公告；发表；表示第 66 页 共 66 页know/ tell right from wrong 辨别是非 know no limits 是无限的 A man's life is limited, but service to the people knows no limits. 14.leave A. vi.离开；离去 He left in a hurry without telling anyone. When are you leaving? B. vt.(1)留下 She asked us to leave our address. (2)使处在某种状态 Sorry to have left some questions unanswered. He left the window open. She left the baby crying bitterly. The illness left him rather weak. (3)剩下 We have only three months left. C.习语 leave…about 乱放 leave…alone 放任不管 leave…behind 留下；遗下 leave A for B 离开 A 去 B leave hold of…放弃；松手 leave nothing to be desired 尽善尽美 leave …off 停止 leave …out 省去；遗漏 leave…over 留下；剩下 leave room for 留下……余地第 67 页 共 67 页15.look A. vi. 看 He looked happily at his great grandchildren playing about him. B. link v.看起来 He looks cheerful and carefree. C.习语 have/take a look a…看一看 have a look of…好像；仿佛 look about 四下环顾 look about for…四下寻找 look after…照看；目送 look ahead 考虑未来；预做准备 look as if…似乎；好象 look at…看 look away from…转移目光 look back 回头看 look back on/ upon…回忆；回顾 look down on/ upon…俯视；蔑视 look for…寻找 look forward to doing sth. 期待；展望 look in（随便）看望 He looked in on Mr. Smith on his way to work. He went to look in at the fish farm. look into…窥视；调查 look like…看起来像 look on 旁观 look on A as B 认为 A 是 B第 68 页 共 68 页look out 向外看； 注意；警戒 look out for…提防 look …over 审阅； 翻阅 look through…透过……看去; 彻底调查；从头看到底 look up to sb. 尊敬/仰望某人 look up 仰视；胸怀大志 look sth. up 查阅 look sb. in the eye/ face 直视某人 16.make A. vt. (1)做；制造 Cell phones are made in this factory. (2)和表示动作的名词连用，表示动作或活动 make a study of= study make use of= use make an examination of= examine make an explanation of= explain make a fool of=fool make fun of make repairs make a suggestion= suggest make an attempt= attempt make an answer= answer make a decision=decide make preparations for=prepare for make a guess at=guess第 69 页 共 69 页make a speech make arrangements (3)使（做）；使（成为） He made us work day and night. We were made to work day and night. Praise make good men better and bad men worse. We made you our monitor. What made you so frightened? This machine makes it possible for us to finish the work in a short time. He made it a rule to get up at six every morning.(规定) (4)有条件成为 She will make a good housewife. Cold tea makes an excellent drink in summer. B.习语 be made from 由……原料制成 be made of 由……材料制成 be made out of 由……制成 be made up of 由……所组成 be made into 被制成…… be made to do sth. 被迫去做 make for=head for =make towards 走向；冲向 make oneself understood/heard 使自己被理解/听到 make…out 理解；看清楚；辨认 make…up 弥补；补偿；起草；捏造；化装；构成，占；言归于好，和解 make a living 谋生 make bed 铺床第 70 页 共 70 页make…clear 表明；说明 make ends meet 应付开支；维持生活；使收支相抵 make friends with 与……交朋友 make one's way to sp.向……走去 make room/ way for 为……让路 make sure/certain 一定要；保证做到；核实 Make sure that you get there in time. We must make certain they will come in time. make the best/most of 尽量利用；充分利用 make up one's mind 决心；决定 to make a long story short 长话短说 make sb.'s hair stand on end 使……毛骨悚然 make a fire 生火 17.put A. vt. 放 He put the book where he found it. B.习语 put…across 清楚地表达 put an end/a stop to sth.结束；消灭 put…aside 把放在一边；抛弃；积蓄 put…away 把收起来；储存备用； put…back 把放回原处；拨回（钟表的指针等） put…down 放下；镇压；记下；削减第 71 页 共 71 页put…forth 发表；提出 put…forward 提出；建议；拨快（钟表的指针等） put…in 插话；伸进 put…off 推迟；延期；脱（衣服等） put…on 穿上；增加（体重等）；上演 put…out 放出；熄灭；出版；生产 put…right 改正（错误）；整理；治愈 put sb. at ease 使某人放心、安心、宽心 put through…完成； put A through to B 把 A 接通 B（电话） put…together 合计；装配（机器等）；把……放在一起 put…up 举起；挂起；搭起；上演；陈列；张贴 put up with…忍受 put…into practice 把应用到实践中去 put sb. to bed 打发睡觉 put sth. to/into use 使得以应用 put…into English 把翻译成英语 put in a word for sb.为某人进言 put sb. in charge 使某人负责 put sth. in order 使井井有条 put on airs 摆架子 put sb. to death/test 处死/考验第 72 页 共 72 页18.run A. vi. (1)跑 They came running to meet us. (2)行驶 The train was running at 80 miles an hour. (3)流 All the rivers will run into the sea. We mustn't let the water run to waste. His nose is running all day because he has a bad cold. B. vt. 管理；经营 They have run six factories. He runs the school well. C. link v. 变得 The river began to run dry. Our food supply is running low. His blood ran cold at the news. Their money is running short. The garden was running wild. D.习语 run a fever 发高烧 run after sb./ sth.追求 run away 逃跑 run for…竞选 run into…邂逅；偶遇 run on 滔滔不绝往下说 run out（某物）用完 run out of…用完（某物） run short（某物）短缺 run short of…短缺（某物） run up to…合计为；高达 run a risk 冒险 run across…邂逅；偶遇 run ahead of…领先于 run away with…带……而逃走第 73 页 共 73 页run against…邂逅；偶遇；违反 run at…袭击；冲向 run over 溢出； run over….过目；浏览 run smooth 进展顺利 run through…花光；用尽；略谈 run up 迅速成长；（物价）上涨 run upon…邂逅；偶遇 19.see A. vt. (1)看到；看见 I saw the accident with my own eyes. I've never seen you look so well. Just now I saw someone going upstairs. When we got there, we saw a house being built. Last night I saw a dog killed by a car. I'm glad to see all of you happy. I could see that they need my help. *The year 1949 saw the founding of the People's Republic of China. (2)看望；接见 I went to see a friend of mine last Sunday afternoon. I'll be seeing you this evening. (3)了解；明白 He asked to look and see if he missed anything.第 74 页 共 74 页Now you see what I mean? B. 习语 see sb. home 送某人回家 see about sth.负责处理…… I'll see about the tickets for the concert. see…for oneself 自己看；体验一下 see into…了解；调查 see much/a lot/nothing/little of…常/很少/从不见到 see sb. off 送行 see through…看穿；识破 see sb. through 支持某人到底 see to sth.处理；料理 There was much to see to. He has to see to the luggage. see to it that…注意做到；务必要 See to it that you do not fall when skating. as far as I can see 踞我所知 see sb. out 送某人出门 see that 因为，从……一点来看 20.send A. vt. (1)寄（信），发（电报） They sent me some pictures. I have a telegram to send to Bob.第 75 页 共 75 页(2)（派人）送 Let's send the radio there to be repaired. He sent his regards to you. (3)派遣 He asked to be sent to work in Tibet. (4)使…….变得 The bad news sent him mad/ out of mind. The sight of the Red Army sent the enemy running in all directions. B.习语 send for 去请 send A for B 派 A 去请 B send…forth 发出 The sun sends forth light and heat. send…off 送行 send…out 发出（光、热、气味、烟雾等） send…up 发射 send sb. away 解雇；逐出 send…over 播出；播送 21.set A. vi. 下落 It will be cooler when the sun has set. B. vt. (1)放置；摆设 She set the dish on the table. Let's set the clock by the radio signal. (2)规定；确定 He set a strict rule for himself. Have they set the time for the meeting? (3)使某人做事或处在某种状态 With only a few words he set us laughing.第 76 页 共 76 页What he said set me thinking. He set all the prisoners free. That set all our doubts at rest.这消除了我们所有的怀疑。

C.习语 set about doing sth.= set out to do sth.开始做 set an example 做出榜样 set…apart 拨出；留出 A room has been set apart for the purpose. set…aside 拨出；积蓄；不理会 set…back 往回拨；使倒退 set…down 放下；写下；制定 set fire to sth.= set sth. on fire 放火烧 set foot in…进入；踏上 set…forth 列举；提出；动身；起程 set…in order 整顿 set…loose 释放；解开 set off 动身 set…off 燃放（鞭炮、烟花等）；引起 set one's mind/ heart on…下定决心 set out 动身；出发 set…out 列举 He set out his reasons for what he had done.第 77 页 共 77 页set sail 启航 set… to work 使开始工作 He set to work at once writing the book. He set everyone to work together. set…up 立起来；成立；修建 set…upside down 颠倒过来 22.show A. vt. (1)拿给人看 Show me your ticket, please! Can you show me a bigger one? (2)说明；表明 Her eyes showed that she was lying. Show us how to use this machine. That shows how ignorant we are. (3)表现；显露 He showed courage in face of danger. (4)放映；展出 A new film is being shown at this cinema. (5)带领 Show them in, please. I'll show you into my room. B.习语 show off 炫耀；表现自己 This guy likes showing off. show…off 炫耀 I don't like the way he shows off his knowledge. show one's face 露面第 78 页 共 78 页show oneself 出席；显露出来 His anger showed itself in his voice. show up 出现；出席 show…up 暴露，揭露 This only served to show up their weakness. 23.speak A. vi.说；发言 He spoke with me about his childhood. He was too hurt to speak to us. I've never spoken of these things to anyone before. He spoke at the meeting yesterday. Action speaks louder than words. She spoke in broken English. B. vt.说 She speaks good French. Trust me that I am speaking the truth. C.习语 speak for…代表……说话；为……辩护 I can only speak for myself. speak out 大胆讲出来 speak out against…发言反对 He spoke out against what he thought was unjust. speak up 坦率说出自己的看法；说话大声些 speak highly/well/highly/ill/badly of…称赞/非议第 79 页 共 79 页generally/strictly/broadly/roughly/frankly speaking=to speak generally, etc.一般来 说，严格地讲，广义地讲，严格地讲，老实地说 be spoken of as…被说成为 nothing to speak of…不值一说；没有说的价值 24.stand A. vi. (1)站 Come and sit by my side if you love me. (2)立于 The house stands between the two large trees. There stood a strange man right behind me. B. vt. (1)放 Stand the ladder against the wall. (2)忍受 If you can't stand the heat, get out of the kitchen. C.习语 stand against…反对 They all stood against the war. stand at attention/ease 立正/稍息 stand behind sb. 支持 stand by 支持；袖手旁观；准备行动 We'll stand by you through thick and thin. You mustn't stand by and do nothing about it. stand for…代表，表示；主张 X often stands for an unknown number. We stand for self-reliance（自力更生）. stand on one's own feet 依靠自己第 80 页 共 80 页stand out 突出；显著 Her talent stood out in comparison with the others. stand aside 站开；不参与；靠边站 stand back 向后退 stand still 站住；停顿 stand up 站起；起立 25.take A. vt. (1)拿 Taking a sheet of paper, she began to write. (2)带（往某处） After that she took us to Rome. (3)吃、喝、吸 Take a little more bread. He took some medicine. (4)乘坐 They took a taxi home. (5)采取，接受，选择 He took a doctor's degree. After lots of thinking, she took the job. (6)测量；照（像）；记录 Let me take your blood pressure. We took a few pictures of the hill. (7)对待；接受 You cannot take this too seriously. (8)需要 How long does it take to finish washing these dishes? (9)攻下 They took the town by surprise. B.习语 take a chance 碰碰运气 take one's seat 坐下；就座 take advantage of 利用；占便宜 take aim at…瞄准 take…apart 拆开；拆卸 take part in…参加 take A as B 当成第 81 页 共 81 页take…back 收回 take…away 拿开 take…by surprise 突然袭击 take care 当心 take care of…照顾；负责 take charge of…负责 take delight/ pleasure/ interest /pride in…喜欢、以……自豪 take…down 记下来；记录 take effect 生效 take A for B=take A to be B 认为 A 是 B take…for granted 视为当然，想必是 Some students take it for granted that English is easy to learn. take hold of…抓住；握住 take…in 订阅；欺骗；领会；接（活干） take…into consideration 把……纳入考虑范围内 take it easy 别紧张；放开些；放松些 take note/notice of…注意；留心 take notes 记录 take…off 脱掉；起飞；打折扣 take office 上任；就职 take on…雇佣；呈现 take one's time 从容从事；慢慢来 take…out 取出；洗掉 take pains/trouble to do sth.不辞辛劳地做 take place 发生；举行 take root 生根 take shape 成型 take the chair 主持会议第 82 页 共 82 页take the place of…代替 take turns to do sth.= take turns in doing sth.轮流做 take…up 拿起；从事；接受；占（时间、空间、注意力等） take warning from…引以为戒；吸取教训 be taken ill/sick 生病 take a short cut 走捷径 26.talk A. vi. 谈话；讲话 He is talking loudly in the front of the classroom. B.习语 talk away 不停地讲；通过谈话消除 talk back (to sb.)还嘴；顶嘴 talk big 吹牛 talk sb. into doing sth.劝说干 talk sb. out of doing sth. 劝说不干 talk out 说完 talk to sb.与谈话；责备 talk …over 讨论 talk of…谈到 talk about…谈论；讲 talk together 商量；谈判 27.tell A. vt. （1）告诉；讲 Tell me your name. He told us what had happened to him. I'll tell you what to do next. Don't tell me. Let me guess.第 83 页 共 83 页Do as you are told to. (2)判断 I really can't tell the differences between them. I can hardly tell Kate from her twain sister. =I can hardly tell Kate and her twain sister apart. B.习语 tell A and apart= tell A from B 区分开 A 与 B to tell the truth 说老实话 tell sb. about/ of sth.向某人讲起…… tell the world…公开讲；宣扬 tell a lie 说谎 tell a white lie 说善意的谎言 tell it like it is 实话实说 there is no telling…难以预料 There is no telling when he will return. I'll tell you what.让我告诉你真相/怎么去做。

Never tell me!别瞎扯了！ You are telling me!还要你告诉我（我早知道了）！ 28.think A. vi.想，思考 Give me some time to think. He told us to try to think in English. B. vt.认为；想 I never thought you could complete the work so soon. I don't think I can get away now.第 84 页 共 84 页Where do you think we can get this book? She isn't as slow as you think she is. I think the book worth reading again. This kind of computer is thought (to be) too hard to operate. We all think her a good learner. I thought it our duty to offer them some medical care. I think it a great honor to speak here. C.习语 think about…考虑 think of…想到；想起；为着想；打算 This picture made us think of the days in the army. He couldn't think of anything to say. She is always thinking of others. She is thinking of going downtown this afternoon. What do you think of this movie? think highly/well/a lot/ a great deal/much/poorly/ill/badly/little/nothing of 对评价 高/低 think of A as B 认为 A 是 B think…out/up 想出 think…over 仔细考虑 think twice before…要三思后再…… just think…想想看（表示惊讶）第 85 页 共 85 页Just think of the price! wouldn't/couldn't think of…绝不能考虑/想象（做这样的事） I couldn't think of disturbing them at this our of night. think hard 沉思 29.turn A. vi. 转弯，转身,转动 The planet turns round the sun. I turned and saw a boy running away. B. vt. (1)转向，转动 Please turn your eyes this way. Nothing can turn us from our purpose. (2)翻转；翻身 The doctor turned him over and looked at his back. C. link v.变得 Her face turned pale at the news. His hair is turning grey. The weather suddenly turned cold. Later he turned doctor. D.习语 turn a deaf ear to sth. 不听；不理睬 turn a blind eye to sth. 不看；不理睬 They turned a deaf ear to the people's sufferings. They turned a blind eye to our demands. turn… aside 避开；转变方向 turn…away 转变方向；（转脸）不睬；打发走 turn back 转过身来；赶回去 turn…down 拒绝；驳回；旋小第 86 页 共 86 页turn…in 归还；缴还 turn A into B 把 A 变成 B turn…off 解雇；关上 turn…on 开；攻击 turn out 关上；解雇；证明是，结果是，实际情况是 The day turned out fine. He turned out to be a traitor. It turned out that he had never been there. turn one's back on…对不理睬 turn one's head 使头晕/昏 turn one's stomach 使作呕 turn…over 移交；打翻；翻阅 I turned over the keys to Mr. Smith. He turned over all the tables in anger. He turned over one page or two and gave up. turn to sb. for help/advice 求助于 turn to…翻到 turn up 露面。出席 turn…up 旋大；查（字典等） He turned up the dictionary and found the explanation. turn…upside down/ inside out 颠倒， 翻过来 30.work A. vi. （1）工作 He was forced to work from morning till night. (2)（机器等）开动 Soon the machine worked a gain smoothly.第 87 页 共 87 页(3)(办法、计划等)行得通，进行（情况） His method worked. It's a good idea, but it won't work. The treatment works like magic. B.习语 work at…干（某活动），研究等 She is busy working a new invention. work away 不停地干 work on…从事 We're working on some wood-cuts. work…out 制订；想出；计算 work…up 准备，酝酿 work on…对起作用；激发 work with…对……行得通 考点十七：`数词 一.概念: 数词分两类:基数词和序数词.表示数目的词叫基数词,表示须序的词叫序数词. 二.相关知识点精讲 1.基数词 1)基数词一般可写成如 345 或 three hundred and forty-five. 2)基数词一般是单数形式,但遇下列情况,常用复数: a. 与 of 短语连用,表示概数,不能与具体数目连用,如 scores of people 指许多人; b. 在一些表示"一排"或"一组"的词组里.例如: They arrived in twos and threes. 他们三三两两的到了.第 88 页 共 88 页c. 表示"几十岁". d. 表示"年代",用 in +the +数词复数. e. 在乘法运算的一种表示法里,如 Three fives is(are)fifteen. 2.序数词 序数词的缩写形式如 first---1st second---2nd thirty-first---31st 等. 3.数词的用法 1)倍数表示法 a. 主语+谓语+倍数(或分数)+ as + adj. + as.例如 I have three times as many as you. 我有你三倍那么多. b. 主语+谓语+倍数(分数)+ the size (amount,length…) of….例如: The earth is 49 times the size of the moon. 地球是月球的 49 倍. c. 主语+谓语+倍数(分数)+ 形容词(副词)比较级+ than….例如: The grain output is 8 percent higher this year than that of last year. 今年比去年粮食 产量增加 8%. d. 还可以用 by+倍数,表示增加多少倍.例如: The production of grain has been increased by four times this year. 今年粮食产量增 加了 4 倍. 2)分数表示法的构成:基数词代表分子,序数词代表分母.分子大于 1 时,分子的序数词用单数, 分母序数词用复数.例如: 1/3 one-third; 3/37 three and three-sevenths. 考点十八：代词： 命题规律第 89 页 共 89 页1．五年高考有关代词考点分布： it 用法,替代词，不定代词，其他代词 2．近五年代词的考点仍集中在不定代词上，考查角度有两个： 1） 考查他们在特定结构中的用法， 如 anyone, both, neither, nothing 等于定语从句相 结合。

2） 考查 any, some, all, none, other, another 等不定代词在特定语境中的意义和功能 差别。

3．试题注重了情景干扰，注重了特定语言环境中上，下文的联系，而且题干的语义结构趋 于复杂，强调与其其他相关语法知识相结合。正确把握句意，分析句试结构在解题中起着很 重要的作用。

命题趋势 1． 过去的热点仍在，新热点逐步呈现。如对不定代词的考查，而对 it 的考查热点在逐步形 成。

2． 加强在特定语境中代词与其他相关语法的综合考查。

3． 2008 年高考预测 各地在对单项选择的语法考查中对代词则百考不“厌”。分析各类考题尤其是高考题，可以 看出对代词的考查一直是一个热点，且考查手法更加灵活，要求更高，所以在 2008 年高考 中， 代词仍将为考查的热点。

不定代词 one, the one, ones, the ones 与指示代词 this, that, these, those, it 的用法区别、代词的肯定与否定、全部与部分的用法以及反身代词的惯用 语（例如 help oneself, please yourself, by (for, of) oneself, enjoy oneself 等将会是未来 高考的命题重点。

突破方法第 90 页 共 90 页代词在具体的语境中运用起来往往具有很大的灵活性， 高考英语试题对代词的考查更是灵活 多变。我们应从以下几方面入手来把握代词的解题规律 1.明确指代。在解答代词题目时，我们应首先分析前后文，明确代词所指代的对象，从而避 免误判。具体说来应从以下几方面考虑：（1）代词指代的是人还是物；（2） 代词指代的 是可数名词还是不可数名词；（3）代词指代的是特指还是泛指概念; （4） 代词指代的概 念是表示两者之间还是三者或三者以上。（5） 代词所表示的是肯定还是否定概念。

2.理清逻辑。需要通过分析上下文所蕴涵的逻辑关系才能做出正确判断。具体说来应从以下 方面去考虑:（1） 代词所表示的范围；（2） 代词表示的是全部否定还是部分否定。

3 吃透语境。考查的是代词在具体语境中的灵活运用，这样的题目须分析在具体的语境中 运用起来往往具有很大的灵活性，高考英语试题对代词的考查更是灵活多变。

2008 年高考预测 各地在对单项选择的语法考查中对代词则百考不“厌”。分析各类考题尤其是高考题，可以 看出对代词的考查一直是一个热点，且考查手法更加灵活，要求更高，所以在 2008 年高考 中， 代词仍将为考查的热点。

不定代词 one, the one, ones, the ones 与指示代词 this, that, these, those, it 的用法区别、代词的肯定与否定、全部与部分的用法以及反身代词的惯用 语（例如 help oneself, please yourself, by (for, of) oneself, enjoy oneself 等将会是未来 高考的命题重点。

知识清单 代词是用来指代人或事物的词。代词可分为下列八类： 一、人称代词( Personal Pronouns ) we , I , you , they, us, me, etc. 二、物主代词( Possessive Pronouns ) our, my ,your, their, his, her, etc. 三、反身代词(Reflective Pronouns) ourselves, myself, yourselves, yourself , herself ,第 91 页 共 91 页etc. 四、相互代词( Reciprocal Pronouns ) each other ,one another , etc. 五、指示代词( Demonstrative Pronouns ) this , that , these , those , such , etc. 六、疑问代词( Interrogative Pronouns ) what, when, who, where, whose, etc. 七、关系代词( Relative Pronouns) what, when, who, where, whose , etc. 八、不定代词( Indefinite Pronouns ) any , some ,every , many , much , a little , etc. 一．人称代词： 人称代词分主格和宾格两种， 前者在句子中担任主语， 后者担任动词或介词的宾语。

They study German. ①人称代词的用法： a.当代词成对地使用或一个代词与一个名词搭配使用时，两个部分的句法功能必须一致。Li Hong and I went shopping yesterday. It was our teacher who smoothed away the difference between you and me. 注:人称代词的排列一般为：第二人称，第三人称，第一人称。

you, he and I them and us / Please pass me the ruler.如有其他代词时，其他代词排列于人称代词之后，如：he, I and some others b.人称代词用作表语时，如说明主语，一般要用主格，如说明宾语则要用宾格。

If I were she, I would take your advice. I would share the room with you if you were him. ②"It"的用法。

a.用作人称代词，代替前文提到过的事物。

Where is the cat? It's in the kitchen.第 92 页 共 92 页Jack is ill. Have you heard about it? My book is missing. I can't find it anywhere. b.用以代替指示代词 this, that。

What's this? -- It's a frog. c.表示时间，天气，距离等。

A lovely day, isn't it? /It's two o'clock. /Whose pen is that? -- It's mine.It's about two li from here to our school. d.用作形式主语，形式宾语，代替不定式短语，动名词或从句。

It's no use talking with him about that. It took me twenty minutes to get there. We think it important that college students should master at least one foreign language. e.用在强调结构中。为了强调句子的某一成分（通常是主语，宾语或状语），常用强调结构 "It is (was) + 被强调成分 + that(或 who)…"。

It was Liu Ming that I saw in the street this morning. It was in the classroom that he told me about it. 二．物主代词 形容词性物主代词只能作定语，例： My brother often does his homework in his room. 我的弟弟常在他房间里做作业。

The newly-built house is our laboratory. 那幢新建的房子是我们的实验室。

Anything has its character individually. 任何事物都有其各自的特征。

名词性物主代词则可以在句中充当主语、宾语、表语。它的意义= 形容词性物第 93 页 共 93 页主代词+名词；或者说它相当于名词。例： His dictionary is English-Chinese, but mine is English-English. 他的词典是英汉的，我 的是全英的。

We each bought a new book. Yours is about management and mine is about the American history. 我们一人买了一本书。你的是关于管理的，我的是关于美国历史的。

三。反身代词的作用 反身代词在句子中可作宾语： 当它作动词宾语时， 动作的执行者与承受者往往是同一个人或 同一件事物；当它作介词 by 的宾语时，则表示强调。例： The prisoner killed himself by taking poison. 犯人服毒自杀了。

He finished the work by himself. 他独自完成了那件工作。

反身代词在句子中也可作同位语，用来加强名词或代词的语气,强调某人亲自、 本人；这时它可能在名词、代词之后，也可能在句子末尾。例： The students will clean the classroom themselves. 学生们将自己打扫教室。

I myself heard him say it . 我亲耳听他说的。

四.相互代词 each other ,one another.前者通常指两者之间的“相互”，后者侧重三者或 三者以上的“相互”，也可指两者之间的“相互”。

五.指示代词 this/these 一般用来指时间和空间上较近的人或物；that/those 常指时间和 空间上较远的人或物。

进行比较时，that 可代替不可数名词或单数名词以避免重复；those 可代替复数名词以 免重复。

六。疑问代词： 用于构成特殊疑问句，其中 what, which, whose 兼有形容词特征，可以和名词连用。第 94 页 共 94 页What job do you want to find? Which subject is your best one?/Whose girl is she?所有疑问代词都可以起名词作用，在句子中担任成分。

Who told you? /Whom are you waiting for?Whose are those books? 在学习疑问代词时，对以下几组词注意区别： 1） which 和 what 两者均可与名词连用，就人或物提问。但是 which 一般用于有一定选择范围的情况，what 用于无选择范围或究竟是什么还不清楚的情况。

Which colour do you like-green, red, yellow or brown? What colour is her dress? What writers do you like best? 2）which 和 who 两者都可作代词，它们的区别是不管选择的范围是大还是小，which 一 般用作指物。

Which would you like to eat -steak or fish? Who won the game -Smith or Johnson ? 当有一定选择范围时，which one 代替 who 作宾语. Which one do you like better, your mother or your father? Which of 可和人称代词或指人的名词连用,如： Which of you has taken away my English book? 3)连接代词 who, whom, whose, which, what, whatever, whoever 等，除起连接作用外， 还可以在从句中担当主语，宾语，定语，表语等成分。如：第 95 页 共 95 页The question is who can operate the new machine.（引导表语从句--作主语） They asked whose idea this was.（引导宾语从句--作定语） When you are older, you can watch whatever programme you like. （引导宾语从句--作定语） I'll give my ticket to whoever wants it. （这里 whoever 可看成"anyone who"，or"the person who"）. 七．关系代词 关系代词是一种引导从句并起连接主句和从句作用的代词 . 关系代词有 who, whose, whom, that, which. 它们在句中可用作主语,表语,宾语,定语. 在主句中,它们还代表着从句 所修饰的那个名词或代词. 八。

不定代词： ①all / both a.both 用于两个人或事物，all 用于两个以上的人或事物，均可作主语。

All (of us) like fruits. /Both (of them) are good at English.b.用作同位语。作主语同位语时须注意它们的位置不同，位于行为动词之前；位于 be 动词 之后。

They all (或 both) agreed with me. I know them all (或 both). ②one / it（人称代词） one 代替可数名词，表示上面所提到的那一类人或物中的一个，其复数形式带定语时用 ones，不带定语时用 some。而 it 则用于指代上文提到的那个表示物的名词本身，既可指 单数可数名词也可指不可数名词。第 96 页 共 96 页/They are all (或 both) very healthy.I don't have a watch but I'm going to buy one（或 some）. I have a bicycle. My aunt gave it to me. ③no one / none no one 只用于指人，而 none 既可指人也可指物。如果说"若干人（物）之中一个也不"， 用"none of",后接复数名词时，谓语可以用复数，也可用单数；后接不可数名词时，谓语用 单数。如： No one told me that he had gone to Shanghai. None of them have（或 has）arrived yet.（不用 no one） None of the money is mine. ④some / any /no /every +（thing, one, body 等。） some 类用于肯定句，any 类用于否定和疑问句。

I know nothing of what had happened to him. I have little rice, so I can't lend you any. She is going to buy some new dresses. 注:everyone 和 every one 前者意思是"每个人"，与 everybody 同义，后面不可跟 of 短语，后者意思是每个人或 物，后面跟 of 短语。试比较： everyone in the classroom（教室里的所有的人） every one of the children（这些孩子中的每一个） every one of the books（这些书中的每一本） ⑤部分否定与全部否定： 当 all, both, each 和 every(body, thing)等表示整体意义的代词与否定词连用时，一般只第 97 页 共 97 页表示部分否定，如果表示全部否定，应该用 none, no one, neither, nobody, nothing 等. All of the students were not late for the class. 不是所有学生上课都迟到的。

(现代英语中常写成：Not all the students were late for the class.) None of the students were late for the class.没有一个学生上课迟到的。

具体地说明几个在使用代词时应注意的问题 （一） 指代必须准确无误 我们知道代词是用来指代人或事物的词， 那么如果在使用代词时指代不清楚， 就会引起他人 的误解、费解、甚至不理解.例如： While carrying the paint can from the garage to the house, Marry was afraid that some of it might spill on her new skirt. 当玛莉从车库把油漆罐搬到屋里时，她担心油漆 会溅到她的新裙子上。

（二）关于人称代词、反身代词、物主代词在使用这三类代词时，我们要注意它们在句中的 人称、单复数、及性和格的一致性。

（四）物主代词 形容词性物主代词只能作定语，例： My brother often does his homework in his room. 我的弟弟常在他房间里做作业。

The newly-built house is our laboratory. 那幢新建的房子是我们的实验室。

Anything has its character individually. 任何事物都有其各自的特征。名词性物主代词则 可以在句中充当主语、宾语、表语。它的意义= 形容词性物 主代词+名词；或者说它相当于名词。例： His dictionary is English-Chinese, but mine is English-English. 他的词典是英汉的，我 的是全英的。第 98 页 共 98 页We each bought a new book. Yours is about management and mine is about the American history. 我们一人买了一本书。你的是关于管理的，我的是关于美国历史的。

(五)不定代词 英文中主要有这样一些不定代词：every, each, both, all, either, neither, one, none, little, few, many, much, other, another, some, any, no, 另外还有由 some, any, no 和 every 构成的合成代词，如：somebody, anything, nothing 等。

1) both , either 和 neither 这三个词都可以用来指两个人或两件事物，但各自的意义都不相同：both 表示"两个都 "、either 表示"两个中的任何一个"、 neither 表示"两者都不……" 。它们在句中都分 别可以作主语、宾语和定语，both 还可以作同位语。

2) all 在谈到两个以上的人或事物时，或是不可数的事物时，我们都可以用 all ；它在句中可 以充当主语、宾语、定语和同位语。另外，all 指不可数的事物时还可以作表语；有时还 可作副词用，例如： This is all he knew about it. （作表语） 这就是他了解有关这件事的一切。

They were all covered with dust. （作副词） 他们身上尽是尘土。

Her clothes were all wet.（作副词） 她的衣服全湿了。

all 还可以用在一些词组中，如： all day (整天) all night (整夜) all this(所有这些) all the year round (整年) all day long (一天到晚) all the time (一直) 3) each 和 every第 99 页 共 99 页each 和 every 这两个词在中文里都有"每一个"的意思，但它们在句子里各自强调的侧 重点却不同：every 从每一个个体着眼而强调"整体"；而 each 却是把一些东西一个一 个地加以考虑，强调"各个" 。every 只能作定语；each 则可以作主语、宾语、定语和 同位语。另外，every 可用于[ every other (或 every +数词 ) + 名词 ]的结构中，表 示"每隔……"之意思： every other day 每隔一天 every three years 每隔三年 every third year 每隔三年 every other line 每隔一行 every ten miles 每隔十哩 4) one 5) 作不定代词时有复数形式 ones ，代替前面刚提到的人或事物以避免重复，还可以有自 己的定语或冠词；另外还可以用来泛指人，例如： This problem is a difficult one. 这个问题是个不好解决的问题。

I don't like colored envelopes. I like white ones. 我不喜欢花信封，我喜欢白的。

This film is not as good as the one we saw last week .这片子没有我们上周看的好。

Modesty helps one go forward, whereas conceit makes one lag behind.（泛指） 谦虚使人进步， 骄傲使人落后。

5）some 与 any some 与 any 都相当于"一些"之意， 但意思并不强， 因此汉译时常可省去"一些"这样的字眼。

它们作定语时多，这时候 some 多用于肯定句，any 多用于否定句、疑问句或条件句。在表 示请求、建议、反问或是希望得到肯定回答的疑问句中，常用 some 而不用 any 。另外， some 可与数词连用，表示"大约"的意思。如： Could you mind buying me some envelopes on your way to school? 你能在去上学的第 100 页 共 100 页路上，帮我买几个信封吗？ Will you give me some paper? 请给我一点纸。

Some hundred teachers have moved into new houses. 约有百位教师搬进了新居。

The bridge was built some two hundred years ago. 这座桥大约建于两百年前。

6）few, a few ; little, a little 的用法 few 和 a few 以及 little 和 a little 是两组差异相同词，但前一组用于可数名词，而后一 组却用于不可数名词；另外 few 与 little 都有"几乎没有"的否定意思，few 用于可数名词， little 用于不可数名词；a few 与 a little 表示"几个或一点"的肯定意思，a few 用于可数名 词 a little 用于不可数名词。

六) 其它 1) one…the other 与 some…others ; 这是两组常一起连用的代词短语，指两者之间；前 者用于单数，后者用于复数。如： She has two children. One is a boy; the other is a girl. 她有两个孩子：一个男孩，一个 女孩。

They have different ideas about how to spend their weekend. Some think that it is good to have a party. Others prefer to have an outing. 他们对怎么过周末想法不同， 有些认为以聚会为好，其他人却要去郊游。

另外, another 一词泛指"另一个；又一个"，不限制于两者之间。例如： I think that it is impossible for me to visit another city this time. 我看，我这次是不可 能再去观光别的地方了。

He is another friend of mine who I got to know in New Zealand. 他是我在新西兰结识 另一个朋友。第 101 页 共 101 页2）no 与 none , 这两个词都表示否定意义：no = not any 意在强调"连一个、一点都不"，它只能作形容词， 一般与名词连用；而 none 则相当于名词，可独立在句中充当成分，也可与介词短语连用-表示在某一范围内"任何一个也不"。

3） 关于合成不定代词 常用的合成不定代词有以下几组： something 某物,某事, somebody 某人, someone 某人; anything 任何事物, anybody 任何人, anyone 任何人 ； everything 一切事/物，everybody 每个人，everyone 每个人 ； nothing 无事、无物，no one 没有人，nobody 无人 使用合成不定代词时应注意下面几点： A) 当它们用作主语时应看作单数。

B) 它们只能作名词，不能看作形容词而充当定语。

C) 如果它们带有修饰语，修饰语只能放在它们的后面。

6.不定代词:some ,any ,all ,both ,none ,one, each ,either ,neither ,other ,another, something ,anything ,nothing ,anyone ,anybody ,someone ,somebody ,nobody 7.关系代词(用于定语从句):who ,whom ,whose，that ,which ,as 考点十九：情景交际： 命题规律及趋势 话题---社会交往，态度，情感及其他，社会交往是交际用语考查的重中之重。交际用语是 每年高考英语试卷单项选择部分的必考内容，通常都会有 1—2 个题目。题干的呈现形式通第 102 页 共 102 页常是对话，挖空设项多出现在交际应答里。

突破方法： 1． 熟悉句型结构，增强理解能力。

2． 进行广泛阅读，积累各种情境中交际应酬的用语从而提高交际能力。

3． 熟悉英中两种文化差异，掌握两个不同民族的交际习惯方式。高考中，经常出现“貌似” 正确的“中国式”应答的选项， 4． 多看英文电视，电影，多跟外国人交谈，从而提高英语交际运用能力。

做好交际应答，要注意以下几点： 从高考的意义来说，交际应答尽管只是一两分的问题，可在日常的英语应用中，它却十分重 要，千万不可掉以轻心。做好交际应答，要注意以下几点： 一、交际应答要防止“中国式”答语的陷阱 例如：——It’s getting late. I'm afraid I must be going now. ——OK. ______. A. Take it easy B. Go slowly C. Stay longer D. See you答案 D。本题考查的交际功能是道别用语。彼此分手可以说“See you (again, after, etc.).” “Take care.”“Good-bye.”“Bye.”等。选项 B，“慢点走”是典型的中国式应答。

二、交际应答要把握不同选项的适用语境 例如：——I'm taking my driving test tomorrow. ——____! A. Cheers B. Good luck C. Come on D. Congratulations答案 B，用来表示在别人做事情之前表达祝愿。A 选项是“干杯”,与情景不适宜；C 项的 意思是“过来”、“加油”的意思；D 项表示“祝贺”。因为是明天参加考试，还不知结果，第 103 页 共 103 页因此表达“祝贺”不合适。

知识清单 高中阶段出现的交际功能用语，如问候、祝愿、介绍、告别、感谢道歉、邀请、约会、希望、 请求、发表观点、购物、就餐、使用交通工具等，都要有准确的把握。

1．约会表达用语小结 清清楚楚地表达所要约会的时间和地点，明明白白地进行预定的活动。

[典型表达] Are you / will you be free this afternoon? 你今天下午有空吗？ How about tomorrow morning? 明天上午怎么样？Shall we meet at the school gate？我们在校门口见面好吗？ Yes, I’ll be free then. 好，那时我有空。

No, I won’t be free then. But I’ll be free tomorrow. 不行，那时我没空儿。但是我明天有空。

All right. See you then. 好，那时见。

How about going for a drink together? 一起去喝一杯怎么样？ What time shall we go? 我们什么时间去？ 2．赴宴就餐用语小结 英语中关于赴宴就餐及殷勤款待的常用交际用语有多种。

[典型表达] Would you like to have supper with me? 你愿意和我一起吃晚饭吗？ That would be nice. Let’s fix a date.第 104 页 共 104 页那太好了，咱们定个日子吧。

I’d love to, but my brother is coming. 愿意，但是我哥哥要来。

I’d like to invite you to dinner at my flat. 我想邀请你到我公寓吃饭。

What would you like to eat / drink? 你想吃（喝）点什么？ What / How about another piece of bread？ 再来一块面包怎么样？ Would you like some more beef? 你想再吃点牛肉吗？ Do you want to have some chicken? 你想吃一些鸡肉吗？ I’m full. / I’ve had enough. 我饱了。I’d like two eggs and a glass of milk. 我想要两个鸡蛋和一杯牛奶。

Yes, please, just a little. 好的，只要一点点。

Help yourself. 请自便。/ 请随便吃。

Make yourself at home. 不要客气，请自便。

3．安慰表达方法小结 当别人失意、失败、担心、忧虑时，我们应该给以适当的安慰，使之振作、振奋。你可以说： Don’t be afraid. Cheer up. / Come on. You can do it.等。

4．同意与反对表达方法小结第 105 页 共 105 页英语中，当对方提出某种观点、意见或请求时，你要表示恰当而具体的态度。究竟是同意还 是不同意，要有个明确的答复。

5．表扬与鼓励表达方法小结 在西方，人们总会适时地给对方以表扬和鼓励。人们对于别人的赞扬一般会表示高兴，并且 “Thank you!”不离口。

6.问路表达方法小结 谁都有迷路的时候， 谁都有找不到目的地而犯愁的时候。

只要你会使用恰当的问路表达方式， 前途肯定会是光明的。

[典型表达] Excuse me. Where is the Pacific Hotel? 对不起，请问太平洋宾馆在哪儿？ Go down this street until you see the tall building. 沿着这条路走，直到你看到那个高楼。

Does this road lead to the Agriculture Bank of China? 这条马路到/通向中国农业银行吗？ No. Turn right at the first crossing. 不，在第一个十字路口向右拐。

Excuse me. Which is the way to the No. 1 Middle School? 打扰一下，请问哪条路到一中？ You can take No. 503 bus. 你可以乘 503 路公交车。

Excuse me. Could you tell me the way to the airport? 打扰了。你能告诉我去飞机场的路吗？第 106 页 共 106 页It’s over there. It’s in that direction. 在那儿，就在那个方向。

Can you tell me how to get to the People’s Park? 你能告诉我怎么去人民公园吗？ Sorry, I don’t know. I’m a stranger here. 对不起，我不知道。我也是刚来这儿。

7.介绍表达方法小结 学会用得体的英语去巧妙地介绍自己和别人，能够使气氛融洽，使大家交流轻松愉快。

[典型表达] May I introduce you to my friend Hang Kai? 我可以把你介绍给我的朋友杭凯吗？ Please allow me to introduce you to my classmates. 请允许我把你介绍给我的同学。

I’ d like you to meet my friend, Maria. 我想请你见一见我的朋友玛利娅。

May I introduce myself? I’m Jim Green. 我做一下自我介绍好吗？我是杰姆?格林。

How do you do? My name is Cui Hengbiao. 你好，我是崔恒标。

I’m Kate. Happy to know you. 我是凯特，很高兴认识你。

I’d like you to meet Jim. He’s a friend of mine. 我想请你见一下吉姆，他是我的一个朋友。

8.告别表达方法小结第 107 页 共 107 页相见时难别亦难，友情再深终有一别。不要忧伤，不要难过。我们既然要离开，就得学会用 地道的英语来委婉地表达我们的离别之意。

[典型表达] I’m afraid I must be leaving now. 我恐怕得告辞了。

I must be off now. 我必须得走了。

是我去见我哥哥的时候了，我现在得It’s time I met my brother. I have to go now. 走了。

I’m sorry I have to go now. 对不起我得走了。

I think it’s time for us to leave now. 我想现在是我们告辞的时候了。It was nice meeting you. =Nice to have met you. 遇见你真是太好了。

9.提供帮助用语小结 提供帮助一般分两种情况： 职业用语和其他情况。

当拒绝别人的帮助时， 记得说一句 Thank you all the same.或者 That’s very kind of you, but I can manage it myself. 10.打电话用语小结 许多人害怕用英语打电话或接电话， 一是因为自己的听力和口语水平不够， 还有一个重要的 原因就是电话英语中有许多固定表达方式。

11.责备和抱怨用语小结 在对方做错了事或者没有能够做好某事的时候， 我们可能会去责备或者抱怨。

值得注意的是， 语气要委婉。当我们受到别人的责备或者抱怨时，我们也要表示歉意。第 108 页 共 108 页[典型表达] He is to blame. 他应负责任。

She blamed him for the traffic accident. 她为交通事故责备他。

He shouldn’t have done it. 他本不该干那件事的。

Why can’t you do something about it? 你为何不能为那件事出点力？ —He couldn’t find the place. 他找不到那个地方。

—You told him how to get there, but perhaps you should have drawn a map. 你告诉了他如何去，但是也许你本应画张地图。

12.建议表达方法小结 如果你所建议的内容是对方容易接受的，且双方关系比较密切，则回答可以很直接、随意； 如果双方关系一般，则回答需要委婉。在拒绝对方的建议时，一般要给出理由。

13.邀请表达方法小结 对于别人的邀请如 Would you like ...? / Can you come to ...?等要作出明确的答复，同意 还是拒绝要说清楚，同时不要忘了感谢。如果拒绝的话，要表示歉意最好再说明缘由。

14.祝贺表达方法小结 日常生活中，我们经常接受别人的祝愿、祝贺，同时我们也应学习去祝愿、祝贺别人。有时 还有共同的祝愿(The same to you.)。祝愿的表达方式很多，但是一定要用得恰到好处。

15. 希望与愿望表达方法小结 当希望别人做某事或者不愿意让别人做某事， 或者表达自己的一种希望、 愿望时需要恰当用第 109 页 共 109 页词，这样才能准确地传达自己的意图。

16.感谢与应答表达方法小结 英美人几乎在一切场合都对别人的帮助、赞扬，哪怕是微不足道的事表示感谢。表达感谢很 简单，但是要恰到好处却不是容易的。

17.询问信息表达方法小结 在真实的交际当中，对于怎样询问信息以及怎样回答对方的询问，是要做出思考的。询问用 语要得体，回答信息要贴近事实。

现就特定语境中的问与答及中、 英语言习惯和文化背景差异两方面的考查热点及备考过程中 常遇到的几个问题说明如下： 1．With pleasure 和 My pleasure 有什么区别? With pleasure. 意思是 “非常乐意（效劳）”，常用于对别人请求的回复；My pleasure 和 It’s my pleasure 同义，是“不用谢、甭客气”的意思，是回答对方表示感谢的客套话。

2．如何表达 “别着急”? 口语中表达“别着急”通常用“take it easy”和“take your time”。但实际应用起来， 两者在意义上还是有区别，要注意正确使用。Take it easy！含有“别紧张，放松些”的意 思；Take your time！含有“别慌忙，慢慢来”的意思。

3. “come on” 在口语中可以表达那些意义? “come on” 有“加把劲、加油”的意思，相当于“try harder；make an effort”。这 一意义考生都很熟悉。“come on”还有“hurry up”（快点！赶快！）的意义；有时候 也作“cheer up”（振作起来）解；“come on”还可以用来指责对方刚说的话不对，常 翻译成“得啦！算了吧！”。

易错常考的日常交际用语第 110 页 共 110 页1. 问候和应答 A: How are you doing? B: Fine, thank you. / Just so-so.A: Please remember me to your parents. B: Sure, I will. 2. 介绍和应答 A: This is Mr./ Mrs./ Miss/ Ms Brown. B: Hello!/ How do you do ?/ Nice to meet you! 3. 告别 See you (later)! / Good night!( cf. Good evening!)/ Nice seeing you. 4. 感谢和应答 A: Many thanks!/ Thanks for your help!/ I appreciate your help! B: That’s all right (OK). / You are welcome./ Don’t mention it./ It’s a pleasure./ My pleasure. (cf. With pleasure. 用于回答对方的求助、邀请) 5. 道歉和应答 A: I’ m sorry. B: That’ s all right (OK.). / It doesn’ t matter./ Never mind./ That’ s nothing./ Forget it. 6. 邀请和应答 A: Would you like to...? B: Yes, I'd love to. / Yes, with pleasure./ Yes, it's very kind ( nice )of you. / I'd love to, but I have other plans. 7. 请求允许和应答第 111 页 共 111 页A: Could I smoke here? / I wonder if I could smoke here. B: Yes (Certainly). / Yes, do please. / Of course you may. / That's OK (all right). / I'm sorry, but it is not allowed / You'd better not. A: Do you mind if I open the window? B: Not at all./ Of course not./ Certainly not./ I’m sorry, but you’d better not. 8. 祝愿、祝贺和应答 A: Good luck! / Best wishes to you. / Have a nice / good time. / Congratulations! / Have a good journey.! B: Thank you. A: Happy New Year! / Merry Christmas! / Happy birthday to you. B: The same to you. 9. 提供帮助和应答 A: Can I help you? / Would you like some help? B: Thanks. That would be nice / Yes, please. / No, thank you all ( just) the same. / No, thank you anyway./ That's very kind of you, but I can manage it myself. A: What can I do for you? 10. 约会 A: Shall we meet at 4:30 ? / Let’s make it 4:00. B: All right. See you then. 11. 打电话 A: Hello! May I speak to Tom? B: Hold on, please. A: Is that Mary speaking? B: She isn't here right now. Can I take a message for you?第 112 页 共 112 页B: I’d like to go to the No. 3 Middle School.12.就餐 A: Would you like some more meat? / Help yourself to some more meat. B: Thank you. I've had enough. / Just a little, please. 13. 看病 A: What’s the matter? / What seems to be the trouble? B: I don’ t feel like eating./ I've got a cough. / I feel terrible （bad） . / I don't feel well. / I've got a pain here. / It hurts here. 14. 购物 A: What can I do for you? / May (Can I )help you? B: I'd like to buy a dictionary. A: How about this one? 15. 问路和应答 A: Excuse me. Where's the washroom? / to the post office? B: Go down this street. Turn right / left at the second crossing. Sorry, I don’t know. I am a stranger here. 16. 谈论天气 A: What's the weather like today? / How's the weather in Beijing? B: It's fine / cloudy / windy / rainy, etc. / It's rather warm (cold / hot). today, isn't it? 17. 处理交际中的障碍 Pardon.! / I beg your pardon. / Please say that again( more slowly.) What do you mean by…. ? / I'm sorry I can't follow you.第 113 页 共 113 页B: That's fine. I'll take it.Excuse me, can you tell me the way18. 提醒注意 You can’t ( mustn’t) smoke here. / No smoking!/ Wet paint!/ Mind your head (step) / Take care!/ Be careful!/ Look out! 19. 同意和不同意 Certainly / Sure / Of course. / Yes, please. / No, I don't think so. / I'm afraid not. / 不,没门) 20 时间或日期和应答 A: What time is it now? / What's the time? A: What day is it today? A: Excuse me. Have you got the time? 考点二十：非谓语动词 在英语中，不作句子谓语，而具有除谓语外其他语法功能的动词，叫做非谓语动词。非 谓语动词有 doing；done；to do. （一）动词不定式：（to）+do，具有名词、形容词、副词的特征。

1．不定式的形式： 否定式：not + (to) do （1）一般式：不定式的一般式所表示的动作与谓语动词动作同时发生或发生在谓语动词动 作之后， He wants to be an artist. The patient asked to be operated on at once.第 114 页 共 114 页That's a good idea. / I agreeI really can't agree with you. / No way (决B: It's about three. B: It's Wednesday. B: Yes, it's six twenty.The teacher ordered the work to be done. （2）进行式：不定式的进行式所表示的动作与谓语动词动作同时发生，例如： The boy pretended to be working hard. He seems to be reading in his room. （3）完成式：不定式的完成式表示的动作发生在谓语动词动作之前，例如： He is pleased to have met his friend. 2．不定式的句法功能： （1）作主语： To finish the work in ten minutes is very hard. To lose your heart means failure. 动词不定式短语作主语时，常用 it 作形式主语，例如上面两句可用如下形式： It is very hard to finish the work in ten minutes. It means failure to lose your heart. （2）作表语： Her job is to clean the hall. He appears to have caught a cold. （3）作宾语： 常与不定式做宾语连用的动词有： want, hope, wish, offer, fail, plan, learn, pretend, refuse, manage, help, agree, promise, prefer, 如果不定式（宾语）后面有宾语补足语， 则用 it 作形式宾语，真正的宾语（不定式）后置，放在宾语补足语后面，例如： Marx found it important to study the situation in Russia. 动词不定式也可充当介词宾语，如：第 115 页 共 115 页I have no choice but to stay here. He did nothing last Sunday but repair his bike. 动词不定式前有时可与疑问词连用，如： He gave us some advice on how to learn English. （4）作宾语补足语： 在复合宾语中， 动词不定式可充当宾语补足语， 如下动词常跟这种复合宾语： want, wish, ask, tell, order, beg, permit, help, advise, persuade, allow, prepare, cause, force, call on, wait for, invite. 此外，介词有时也与这种复合宾语连用，如： With a lot of work to do, he didn't go to the cinema． 有些动词如 make, let, see, watch, hear, feel, have 等与不带有 to 的不定式连用，但改为 被动语态时，不定式要加 to, 如： I saw him cross the road. He was seen to cross the road. （5）作定语： 动词不定式作定语，放在所修饰的名词或代词后。与所修饰名词有如下关系： ①动宾关系： I have a meeting to attend. 注意：不定式为不及物动词时，所修饰的名词如果是地点、工具等，应有必要的介词，如： He found a good house to live in. The child has nothing to worry about. What did you open it with?第 116 页 共 116 页如果不定式修饰 time, place, way，可以省略介词： He has no place to live. This is the best way to work out this problem. 如果不定式所修饰名词是不定式动作承受者，不定式可用主动式也可用被动式： Have you got anything to send? Have you got anything to be sent? ②说明所修饰名词的内容： We have made a plan to finish the work. ③被修饰名词是不定式逻辑主语： He is the first to get here. （6）作状语： ①表目的： He worked day and night to get the money. She sold her hair to buy the watch chain. 注意不定式放句首时，逻辑主语与句子主语要一致： wrong：To save money, every means has been tried. right：To save money, he has tried every means. ②表结果： He arrived late to find the train gone. 常用 only 放在不定式前表示强调： I visited him only to find him out. ③表原因：第 117 页 共 117 页They were very sad to hear the news. ④表程度： It's too dark for us to see anything. The question is simple for him to answer. （7）作独立成分： To tell you the truth, I don't like the way he talked. （8）不定式的省略：保留 to 省略 do 动词。

If you don't want to do it, you don't need to. （9）不定式的并列：第二个不定式可省略 to。

He wished to study medicine and become a doctor. （二）V-ing 形式 1．形式： （1）一般式：doing Seeing is believing. 眼见为实。

（2）被动式： being done He came to the party without being invited．他未被邀请就来到了晚会。

（3）完成式： having done We remembered having seen the film. 我们记得看过这部电影。

（4）完成被动式： having been done He forgot having been taken to Guangzhou when he was five years old. 他忘记五岁时曾被带到广州去过。

（5）否定式：not +doing第 118 页 共 118 页I regret not following his advice. 我后悔没听他的劝告。

（6）复合结构：形容词性物主代词（或名词所有格）+doing He suggested our trying it once again. 他建议我们再试一次。

His not knowing English troubled him a lot. 他不懂英语给他带来许多麻烦。

2．句法功能： （1）作主语： Reading aloud is very helpful. 朗读是很有好处的。

Collecting stamps is interesting. 集邮很有趣。

当动名词短语作主语时常用 it 作形式主语。

It's no use quarrelling.争吵是没用的。

（2）作表语： In the ant city, the queen's job is laying eggs. 在蚂蚁王国，蚁后的工作是产卵。

（3）作宾语： They haven't finished building the dam. 他们还没有建好大坝。

We have to prevent the air from being polluted. 我们必须阻止空气被污染。

此外，doing 作宾语时，若跟有宾语补足语，则常用形式宾语 it，例如： We found it no good making fun of others. 我们发现取笑他人不好。

要记住如下动词及短语只跟动名词作宾语： enjoy, finish, suggest, avoid（避免）, excuse ,delay, imagine, keep, miss, consider, admit（承认），deny（否认）, mind, permit, forbid, practise, risk（冒险）, appreciate （感激）, be busy, be worth, feel like, can't stand, can't help（情不自禁地）, think of,第 119 页 共 119 页dream of, be fond of, prevent…(from),keep …from, stop…（from）,protect…from, set about, be engaged in, spend…(in), succeed in, be used to, look forward to, object to, pay attention to, insist on, feel like （4）作定语：单独做定语时，放在所修饰的名词前；如果是短语做定语放在名词后。

In the following years he worked even harder. 在后来的几年中，他学习更努力了。

The man speaking to the teacher is our monitor's father. 正与老师谈话的那个人是我们班长的父亲。

doing 作定语相当于一个定语从句的句法功能，如：in the following years 也可用 in the years that followed; the man speaking to the teacher 可改为 the man who is speaking to the teacher. （5）作同位语： The cave, his hiding-place is secret. 那个山洞，他藏身的地方很秘密。

His habit, listening to the news on the radio remains unchanged． 他收听收音机新闻节目的习惯仍未改变。

（6）作宾语补足语： 如下动词后可跟现在分词作宾语补足语： see, watch, hear, feel, find, get, keep, notice, observe, listen to, look at, leave, catch 等。例如： Can you hear her singing the song in the next room? 你能听见她在隔壁唱歌吗？ He kept the car waiting at the gate. 他让小汽车在门口等着。

（7）作状语： ①作时间状语：第 120 页 共 120 页(While) Working in the factory, he was an advanced worker. 在工厂工作时，他是一名先进工人。

②作原因状语： Being a League member, he is always helping others. 由于是共青团员，他经常帮助他人。

③作方式状语，表示伴随： He stayed at home, cleaning and washing. 他呆在家里，又擦又洗。

④作条件状语： (If) Playing all day, you will waste your valuable time. 要是整天玩，你就会浪费宝贵的时间。

⑤作结果状语： He dropped the glass, breaking it into pieces. 他把杯子掉了，结果摔得粉碎。

⑥作目的状语： He went swimming the other day. 几天前他去游泳了。

⑦作让步状语： Though raining heavily, it cleared up very soon. 虽然雨下得很大，但不久天就晴了。

⑧与逻辑主语构成独立主格： I waiting for the bus, a bird fell on my heard． 我等汽车时，一只鸟落到我头上。

All the tickets having been sold out, they went away disappointedly. 所有的票已经卖光了，他们失望地离开了。第 121 页 共 121 页Time permitting, we'll do another two exercises. 如果时间允许，我们将做另两个练习。

有时也可用 with (without) +名词（代词宾格）+分词形式 With the lights burning, he fell asleep. 他点着灯睡着了。

⑨作独立成分： Judging from(by) his appearance, he must be an actor. 从外表看，他一定是个演员。

Generally speaking, girls are more careful. 一般说来，女孩子更细心。

（三）过去分词： 过去分词形式：规则动词由动词原形加词尾-ed 构成。不规则动词的过去分词没有统一的规 则要求，要一一记住。

过去分词的句法功能： 1．过去分词作定语： Our class went on an organized trip last Monday. 上周一我们班开展了一次有组织的旅行。

Those elected as committee members will attend the meeting. 当选为委员的人将出席这次会。

注意当过去分词是单词时，一般用于名词前，如果是过去分词短语，就放在名词的后面。过 去分词做定语相当于一个被动语态的定语从句。

2．过去分词作表语： The window is broken. 窗户破了。

They were frightened at the sad sight. 他们对眼前悲惨的景象感到很害怕。第 122 页 共 122 页注意：be + 过去分词，如果表示状态是系表结构，如果表示被动的动作是被动语态。区别： The window is broken.（系表） The window was broken by the boy.（被动） 有些过去分词是不及物动词构成的，不表示被动，只表示完成。如： boiled water（开水） fallen leaves（落叶） newly arrived goods（新到的货） the risen sun（升起的太阳） the changed world（变了的世界） 这类过去分词有：gone, come, fallen, risen, changed, arrived, returned, passed 等。

3．过去分词作宾语补足语： I heard the song sung several times last week. 上周我听见这首歌被唱了好几次。

有时过去分词做 with 短语中的宾语补足语： With the work done, they went out to play. 工作做完了，他们出去玩去了。

4．过去分词作状语： Praised by the neighbours, he became the pride of his parents.受到邻居们的表扬，他成为父母的骄傲。（表示原因） Once seen, it can never be forgotten. 一旦它被看见，人们就忘不了。（表示时间） Given more time, I'll be able to do it better. 如果给予更多的时间，我能做得更好。（表示条件） Though told of the danger, he still risked his life to save the boy.第 123 页 共 123 页虽然被告之有危险，他仍然冒生命危险去救那个孩子。（表示让步） Filled with hopes and fears, he entered the cave. 心中充满了希望与恐惧，他走进山洞。

考点二十一：简单句 根据语法形式，即句子的结构，英语的句子可分为简单句、并列句和复合句。

简单句的基本形式是由一个主语加一个谓语构成。其它各种句子形式都是由此句型发展而 来，如五大基本句型： 1.主语+谓语，这种句型简称为主谓结构，其谓语一般都是不及物动词，例： Things change.事物是变化的。

--Did you go by sea？你们走的是海路吗？ --NO，we flew.不，我们是飞去。

2.主语+连系动词+表语，这种句型称为主系表结构，其实连系动词在形式上也是一种谓语 动词，但实质上表语成了谓语，例： Mr. Turner is an artist.特纳先生是位画家。

3.主语+谓语+宾语，这种句型可称为主谓宾结构，它的谓语一般多是及物动词，例： We never beat children.我们从来不打孩子。

4.主语+谓语+宾语+宾语， 这种句型可称为主谓宾宾结构， 其谓语应是可有双宾语的及物动 词，两个宾语一个是间接宾语，一个是直接宾语，例： He gave the book to his sister.他把这本书给了他的妹妹。

I'll write you a long letter.我将写给你一封长信。

5.主语+谓语+宾语+宾补，这种句型可简称为主谓宾补结构，其补语是宾语补语，与宾语一 起即构成复合宾语，例：第 124 页 共 124 页I found the book easy.我发现这本书不难。（形容词 easy 作补语） I'll let him go.我将让他去。（不定式 go 用作补语） 考点二十二:主从复合句定语从句 一.概念 在复合句中,修饰某一名词或代词的从句,称为定语从句,也叫形容词性从句二.相关知识点精讲 1.关系代词引导的定语从句 关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成 分。关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。

1）who, whom, that 代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中作主语和宾语。例如： Is he the man who/that wants to see you? 他就是你想见的人吗？（who/that 在从 句中作主语） He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday. 他 就 是 我 昨 天 见 的 那 个 人 。

（whom/that 在从句中作宾语） 2） whose 用来指人或物，（只用作定语, 若指物，它还可以同 of which 互换）。例如： They rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down. 大家都跑过去帮忙。

Please pass me the book of which the cover is green. 请递给我那本绿皮的书。

3）which, that 所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等。

那人车坏了，第 125 页 共 125 页2.关系副词引导的定语从句 关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。

1）关系副词 when, where, why 的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用。例如： Beijing is the place where（in which） I was born. 北京是我的出生地。

Is this the reason why （for which） he refused our offer? 这就是他拒绝我们帮 助他的理由吗？ 3.判断关系代词与关系副词 方法一：看从句中的谓语动词。及物动词后面无宾语，就必须要求用关系代词；而不及 物动词则要求用关系副词。例如： This is the mountain village where I stayed last year. 这是我去年呆过的山村。

I'll never forget the days when I worked together with you.我永远不会忘记与你共 事的日子。

方法二： 准确判断先行词在定语从句中的成分（主、谓、宾、定、状），也能正确选 择出关系代词/关系副词。

关系词的选择依据在从句中所做的成分，先行词在从句中做主、定、宾语时，选择关系 代词（who, whom, that, which, whose）； 先行词在从句中做状语时，应选择关系副词 （ where 地点状语，when 时间状语，why 原因状语） 。4.限制性和非限制性定语从句 1） 定语从句有限制性和非限制性两种。限制性定语从句是先行词不可缺少的部分，去掉 它主句意思往往不明确； 非限制性定语从句是先行词的附加说明， 去掉了也不会影响主句的 意思，它与主句之间通常用逗号分开。例如：第 126 页 共 126 页This is the house which we bought last month. 这是我们上个月买的那幢房子。

（限制性） The house, which we bought last month, is very nice.这幢房子很漂亮，是我们 上个月买的。（非限制性） 2） 非限制性定语从句还能将整个主句作为先行词 , 对其进行修饰, 这时从句谓语动词要 用第三人称单数。例如： He seems not to have grasped what I meant, which greatly upsets me. 他似乎 没抓住我的意思，这使我心烦。

说明：关系代词 that 不能引导非限制性定语从句。

5.介词+关系词 1）介词后面的关系词不能省略。

2）that 前不能有介词。

3） 某些在从句中充当时间， 地点或原因状语的"介词+关系词"结构可以同关系副词 when 和 where 互换。例如： This is the house in which I lived two years ago. 这是我两年前住过的房子。

This is the house where I lived two years ago. Do you remember the day on which you joined our club? 还记得你加入我们俱乐 部的那一天吗？ Do you remember the day when you joined our club?6.as, which 非限定性定语从句 由 as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句，as 和 which 可代整个主句，相当于 and this 或 and that。As 一般放在句首也可在句中，which 在句中。例如：第 127 页 共 127 页As we know, smoking is harmful to one's health. 如我们所知，吸烟有害健康。

The sun heats the earth, which is very important to us. 太阳使地球暖起来，这对 我们人类很重要。

as 注意事项 （1）非限定性定语从句 as 正如, 就像。（2）限定性定语从句前面有 the same, such, so9.关系代词 that 的用法 1）不用 that 的情况 a） 引导非限定性定语从句时。例如： （错）The tree, that is four hundred years old, is very famous here. b） 介词后不能用。例如： We depend on the land from which we get our food. 我们依赖土地获得食 物。

We depend on the land that/which we get our food from. 2） 只能用 that 作为定语从句的关系代词的情况 a） 在 there be 句型中，只用 that，不用 which。

b） 在不定代词，如：anything, nothing, the one, all, much, few, any, little 等 作先行词时，只用 that，不用 which。

c） 先行词有 the only, the very 修饰时，只用 that。

d） 先行词为序数词、数词、形容词最高级时，只用 that。. e） 先行词既有人，又有物时。例如： All that is needed is a supply of oil. 所需的只是供油问题。第 128 页 共 128 页Finally, the thief handed everything that he had stolen to the police. 那贼最终 把偷的全部东西交给了警察。

名词性从句 一.概念 名词性从句共有四种:主语从句,表语从句,宾语从句和同位语从句二.相关知识点精讲 1． 主语从句：主语从句在整个句子中作主语。

(1)不同于其它的连词，它不充当句子的成分，只是单纯的连接词，通常不可以省略。分句 置于句首时，that 绝对不可以省略。

That the driver could not control his war was obvious. It was obvious that the driver could not control his car. (2)if 不能用在主语从句中，而是用 whether Whether he left (or not) is unknown (3)当主语从句作主语时，谓语动词一般用第三人称单数，下面这个句型例外。

What we need is more time and money. What we need are many more books.2.表语从句：表语从句出现在系动词后，充当表语。

The trouble is that we are short of money. Go and get your coat. It’s where you left it. (1) 引导表语从句除了上述三类词外还有 because, as if/ as though 等等 The reason (why/for which…..) is that ……第 129 页 共 129 页It/This/That is because…… (2) 连系动词“appear, look, seem”的两个常用句型 It seems/appears that…. It looks/seems as if/as though……(与事实相符用陈述语气，与事实相反用虚拟语气) (3) as 也可以引导表语从句 Things are not always as they seem to be3. 宾语从句：及物动词，形容词和介词后加宾语从句作其宾语。

(1) 宾语从句时态与主句相呼应，但宾语从句表示的是客观真理或普遍现象除外 The teacher told us that the earth moves around the sun (2) 连词 whether 和 if 可以互换，但注意下列情况 连词后紧跟 or not 时用 whether I want to know whether or not they will come. 作介词宾语是用 whether 引导宾语从句 He was interested in whether he saw her there. 连接词后直接加不定式，不能用 if 只能用 whether He doesn’t know whether to stay or not. 如果宾语从句是否定时，一般用 if 引导 I care if he will not attend the meeting. (3) 当宾语从句后带宾补时，要用“主语+谓语+it +宾补+that-clause,that 不可省略 I think it certain that she will do well in her exam. (4) 当主语是 I, we ，主句用 think, believe, suppose, expect, imagine 五个动词时，用 否定转移第 130 页 共 130 页I don’t think he will win the game, will he? (5) that 在宾语从句常可以省略，但由 and 或 but 连接两个或多个宾语从句时，仅可以省 略第一个连词 that He said (that) he had eaten nothing but that he wasn’t hungry. (6) 注意区别 if 引导的宾语从句和条件状语从句 I don’t know if he will come. If he comes, I’ll let you know.4. 同位语从句，在句中作某些名词的同位语，对前面的名词进一步说明。用在下列名词 fact,news,idea,hope,believe,hope,thought,doubt.truth,order,suggestion, word etc. (1) There is no doubt that he will come. There is doubt whether he will come. Word came that Napoleon would come to inspect them. There is no possibility that…. (2) that 引导的同位语从句与定语从句的区别： 在同位语从句中： that 不可以省略， 不作成分;定语从句的关系代词 that 在定语从句作成分， 作宾语时可以省略 We are interested in the news that some foreigners would visit our school. We are interested in the news that he told us. when, where 引导的同位语从句与定语从句的区别： 在定语从句中，when, where 前有分别表示时间、地点的先行词；而在同位语从句中无此 对应关系第 131 页 共 131 页They have no idea at all where he has gone.(同位语从句) Go and get your coat. It’s in the place where you left it.(定语从句)5. 疑问词-ever 既可以引导名词性从句，也可以引导让步状语从句，而 no matter+疑问词 只能引导让步状语从句 No matter where I go, my heart is towards China. I believer whatever he says. who 与 whoever 的区别 who 是“谁”的意思，表示具有疑问，who 相当于 anyone who“无论谁” Whoever leaves the room last ought to turn off the lights. Can you tell me who that gentleman is? Whatever he says, I will never believe him.6．当名词性从句缺少主语、宾语或表语时，引导词通常用 what，它相当于。另外，有时 具有感叹意义 all that, anything that 或 the thing(s) that What we can’t get seems better than what we have. Tom thought what a beautiful girl Mary was.7.注意区分 it 作形式主语的主语从句与强调句 强调句句型 It is/was+被强调部分+that, 去掉 It is/was, that，句子仍然成立。

It is natural that they should have different views. 主语从句 It is only lately that he had had a family himself. 强调句 What was it that he wanted? I don’t know what it was that he wanted.It was in the hotel where he stayed that we discussed the serious problem第 132 页 共 132 页8.注意 it 作形式主语的主语从句和 as 引导非限制性定语从句引导的不同 It is known to all that the earth is round. As is known to all, the earth is round状语从句 一.概念 状语从句修饰主句中的动词,形容词,副词等,在复合句中作状语.引导状语从句的关联词是 从属连词.状语从句用陈述句语序,一般位于复合句的句首或句末.当从句在句首时,从句后常 用逗号和主句相隔.状语从句根据其在句中的不同作用分别表示时间,地点,原因,目的,结果,条 件,比较,让步,行为方式等.二.相关知识点精讲1.地点状语从句 地点状语从句通常由 where, wherever 引导。例如： Where I live there are plenty of trees. 我住的地方树很多。

Wherever I am I will be thinking of you. 不管我在哪里我都会想到你。2.方式状语从句 方式状语从句通常由 as, as if, as though 引导。

1）as 从句带有比喻的含义，意思是"正如…"，"就像"，多用于正式文体。例如： Always do to the others as you would be done by. 你希望人家怎样待你，你就要 怎样待人。

2）as if, as though 引出的状语从句谓语多用虚拟语气，表示与事实相反，有时也用陈述第 133 页 共 133 页语气，表示所说情况是事实或实现的可能性较大。汉译常作"仿佛……似的"，"好像……似的 "。例如： They completely ignore these facts as if （as though） they never existed. 他们 完全忽略了这些事实，就仿佛它不存在似的。（与事实相反，谓语用虚拟语气。） He looks as if （as though） he had been hit by lighting. 他那样子就像被雷击了 似的。（与事实相反，谓语用虚拟语气。） It looks as if the weather may pick up very soon. 看来天气很快就会好起来。（实 现的可能性较大，谓语用陈述语气。） 说明：as if / as though 也可以引导一个分词短语、不定式短语或无动词短语。例如： He stared at me as if seeing me for first time. 他目不转睛地看着我，就像第一次看 见我似的。

He cleared his throat as if to say something. 他清了清嗓子，像要说什么似的。

The waves dashed on the rocks as if in anger. 波涛冲击着岩石，好像很愤怒3.原因状语从句 比较 because, since, as 和 for： 1）because 语势最强，用来说明人所不知的原因，回答 why 提出的问题。当原因是显而 易见的或已为人们所知，就用 as 或 since。例如： I didn't go, because I was afraid. 我不去是因为我怕。

Since /As the weather is so bad, we have to delay our journey. 天气那么糟，旅行 推迟了。

2）由 because 引导的从句如果放在句末，且前面有逗号，则可以用 for 来代替。但如果不 是说明直接原因，而是多种情况加以推断，就只能用 for。例如：第 134 页 共 134 页He is absent today, because / for he is ill. 他今天缺席，因为他病了。

He must be ill, for he is absent today. 他一定病了，所以今天缺席。4.目的状语从句 表示目的状语的从句可以由 that, so that, in order that, for fear that, in case 等词引 导。例如： You must speak louder so that /in order that you can be heard by all. 你必须大点 声，别人就能听见了。

He wrote the name down for fear that（lest） he should forget it. 他写下了这个 名字以免以后忘记。

Better take more clothes in case the weather is cold. 最好多穿点衣服， 以防天发冷。5.结果状语从句 结果状语从句常由 so…that 或 such…that 引导。

so…that 与 such…that 之间可以转换。

例如： The boy is so young that he can't go to school. 这男孩年龄太小，不能上学。

He is such a young boy that he can't go to school6. 条件状语从句 连接词主要有 if, unless, as/so long as, on condition that 等。if 引导的条件句有真 实条件句和非真实条件句两种。非真实条件句已在虚拟语气中阐述。

unless = if not. 例如：Let's go out for a walk unless you are too tired. 如果不太累，我们去散散步。

If you are not too tied, let's go out for a walk.第 135 页 共 135 页典型例题 You will be late ___ you leave immediately. A. unless B. until C. if D. or答案 A 。句意：除非你立即走，否则你就回迟到的。可转化为 If you dong leave immediately, you will be late 。

B 、 D 句意不对， or 表转折，句子如为 You leave immediately or you will be late.7. 让步状语从句 1） though, although 引导的让步状语从句， 后面的从句不能有 but， 但是 though 和 yet 可连用。例如： Although it's raining, they are still working in the field. 干活。

He is very old, but he still works very hard. 虽然他很老了，但仍然努力地工作。

2） as, though 引导的让步从句表语或状语提前 （形容词、 副词、 分词、 实义动词提前） 。

例如： Child as /though he was, he knew what was the right thing to do. 虽然是个小 孩，该做什么不做什么，他全知道。

3） ever if, even though 即使。例如： 虽然在下雨，但他们仍在地里We'll make a trip even though the weather is bad. 即使天气不好，我们也要去 远足。

4） whether…or… 不管……都。例如： Whether you believe it or not, it is true. 信不信由你，这确实是真的。

5） "no matter +疑问词" 或"疑问词+后缀 ever" 。例如：第 136 页 共 136 页No matter what happened, he would not mind. =Whatever happened, he would not mind. 不管发生什么，他不在意。

替换：no matter what = whatever no matter who = whoever no matter when = whenever no matter where = wherever no matter which = whichever no matter how = however 注意：no matter 不能引导主语从句和宾语从句。8. 比较 while, when, as 1）as, when 引导短暂性动作的动词。例如： Just as / Just when / When I stopped my car, a man came up to me. 我一刹 车，有一个人向我走来。

2） 当从句的动作发生于主句动作之前， 只能用 when 引导这个从句， 不可用 as 或 while。

例如： When you have finished your work, you may have a rest. 赶完活后，你可以休 息一下。

3）从句表示"随时间推移"连词能用 as，不用 when 或 while。例如： As the day went on, the weather got worse. 日子一天天过去，天气越变越坏。9.比较 until 和 till 此两个连词意义相同。

肯定形式表示的意思是"做某事直至某时"， 动词必须是延续性的。第 137 页 共 137 页否定形式表达的意思是"直至某时才做某事"。动词为延续性或非延续性都可以。正确使用这 两个连词的关键之一就在于判断句中的动词该用肯定式还是否定式。肯定句：I slept until midnight. 我一直睡到半夜时醒了。

Wait till I call you. 等着我叫你。

（在肯定句中可用 before 代替。

例如 Let's get in the wheat before the sun sets.） 否定句：She didn't arrive until 6 o'clock. 她直到 6 点才到。

Don't get off the bus until it has stopped. 公共汽车停稳后再下车。

I didn't manage to do it until you had explained how. 直到你教我后，我才会做。

区别： until 可用于句首，而 till 通常不用于句首。例如： Until you told me, I had heard nothing of what happened. 直到你告诉我 以前，出了什么事我一点也不知道。

注意：否定句可用另外两种句式表示。

1）Not until…在句首，主句用倒装。例如： Not until the early years of the 19th century did man know what heat is. 直到 19 世纪初，人类才知道热为何物。

2）It is not until… that… 。例如： It was not until I began to work that I realized how much time I had wasted. 10.表示"一…就…"的结构 hardly/scarcely…when/before, no sooner…than 和 as soon as 都可以表示"一… 就…"的意思。例如： I had hardly / scarcely got home when it began to rain. 刚回家，就下起雨来了。

I had no sooner got home than it began to rain.第 138 页 共 138 页As soon as I got home, it began to rain. 注意：如果 hardly, scarcely 或 no sooner 置于句首，句子必须用倒装结构。例如： Hardly / Scarcely had I got home when it began to rain. No sooner had I got home than it began to rain. 第三部分：完型填空（30 分） 所谓完形填空，就是在表达意义连贯的文章中，有目的地挖去一些词语，形成文章的空 格，要求考生在给出的对应备选答案中，从整个语段的内容、组织结构和语言特点出发，全 面考虑问题，综合运用所学词汇、语法知识、文化风俗背景知识和一般常识性知识，选出一 个正确或最佳答案填充空格。完形填空后的文章，不仅语法正确、用词恰当，而且意思、结 构完整、合理，前后一致。

“完形填空”是英语高考考试题中难度较大得分率较低但区分度相当好的一种题型， 需引起同学们足够重视。

一、考查要求 完形填空题主要是测试学生综合运用语言的能力， 它不仅考查学生的语法基础知识， 还 要从词的习惯用法、上下文内容和生活常识等多个角度综合起来考虑才能选出正确的答案。

它要求考生： 1.要有牢固的语言基础知识，能够熟练运用所掌握的常见词汇及惯用知识，即在特定的 语境中运用词汇（主要是实词）的能力。

2.具备较强的快速阅读和语篇的整体理解能力，能够根据上、下文线索通篇考虑。

3.结合个人所具备的各方面常识（包括话题及功能等方面的背景知识）以及逻辑推理等 与语言运用相关的经验作出正确的判断和最佳选择。

二、试题设置特点第 139 页 共 139 页1.完形填空题一般选择单词数在 175─215 个之间，内容完整，主题鲜明的短文。

2.短文难度与中学英语教材大致相当。

3.NMET 中完形填空题留出 20 个空白处，且其间隔是不固定的。

4.短文的第一句往往是完整的，目的主要是给学生提供一个背景或告诉你故事发生的时 间、地点、背景，或告诉你全篇短文的中心内容。

5.在备选答案中，都有 A、B、C、D 四个单词或短语可供选择，要求选出一个合适的； 往往会出现文章从局部看 A、B、C、D 四个答案都是正确的情况，但是要根据上下文多角 度去考虑，选出一个“最佳”答案。

三、解题技巧或方法 1.粗读。即：不看答案，跳读全文，通篇考虑，弄清作者思路，掌握大意。

答题前，跳过空格，通读一遍全文，力求对文章的整体内容有个基本了解。阅读时遵循 两个重要原则：整体性原则和连贯性原则。也就是说在阅读时，要把握整体，注意语境和局 部的流畅。一方面，要放松思想，克服心理紧张，不要因为有个别生词就着急，往往这些生 词能够根据上下文推断出其词义； 另一方面， 要善于抓住最能表现文章中心内容的启示性的 关键句子、词语，即情节发展的线索（如人物、时间、地点、事件、原因、经过、结果等）， 理解作者要表达的观点、态度。一般情况下，该试题的首句是完整的，是交待背景的，突破 首句有助于把握大意，理顺思路，而结尾的几句则是对文章的总结或作者的观点的表明。

2、试填。结合备选答案，细读全文，并分析推断正确选项。

在跳读全文了解大意的基础上，细读全文。按文章前后顺序结合备选答案，边读、边分 析、边推断正确选项。对试题的测试部分（即文中空格）进行分析。看缺的是什么词，起什 么作用，同时观察对应备选答案的情况；从句子的意思上去验证究竟用什么词类、什么形式 填空才正确。比如，若选项是动词，首先要搞清是谓语动词还是非谓语动词。如果是谓语动第 140 页 共 140 页词，应选根据上下文或句子本身来确定它的时态、语态、语气形式以及它在主语和人称及数 方面的一致；如果是非谓语动词，则要从它在句中的功能以及与它的逻辑主语的关系（是执 行者还是承受者）去考虑它的时态与语态。若选的是介词或副词，则要先确定它是属于固定 搭配或惯用法，否则就要根据上下文的意思去选择。这时既要掌握全文的核心内容，又要了 解本句在全文中的位置。捕捉与小题有关的信息点，分析备选答案的词汇意义，挑选出本句 意思所需要的、又能体现文章主题的词语，从而选出最佳答案。遇到一时难以确准答案的小 题可暂时不选，先做后面的，再用其它已选出的答案信息去促成这个难题的解决。

3.复读全文，瞻前顾后，全面验证。

各题填好后，为使短文得以恢复本来面貌，再将全文复读一遍，复读要着于全篇，仔细 推敲、 全面验证。

看填入答案后全文是否意思通顺， 结构完整； 看是不是有相互矛盾的地方。

在前两遍的基础上，已对短文有了较充分的理解，所以阅读第三遍视野较前将更开阔，思路 更清晰，也就更容易发现错误，从而及时作出调整或修正。因此，第三步的复读尤为重要。

可以说，不复查、不读第三遍就等于放弃了纠正错误的机会。

上述三步解题之法可概括为： 一步粗读寻思路， 二步细读选答案， 三步复读纠错误， 若能沉着照此办， 胸有成竹少失误。

当然，答题技巧与方法固然重要，毕竟没有“万能钥匙”，要熟练地驾驭此题，关键 还在于巩固基础知识，提高阅读能力，并不懈地在实践中提高综合运用英语知识的能力。

四、注意事项第 141 页 共 141 页1.切忌题目一到手就逐字逐句地往下填，而不首先去了解全文的意思。

2.在做完形填空的词汇或语法题目时，要注意它不同于单项选择题，必须遵循这样一个 原则，即不能孤立地就词论词、就句论句地去推测、判断，而必须根据上下文，从整体的观 点入手， 尤其当所给的选项是同义词时， 更要善于从字里行间、 前后词语搭配寻找有关线索。

五、题型解析 做“完形填空”题一般应从以下四个方面考虑，现结合实例加以说明。

1.从惯用法、 搭配角度考虑。

Then he suddenly felt nervous. After all, it was his first time to (47) a part in a play（NMET91）47.A.made B. join C. have D. give 此题所提供的四个选项都是及物动词，后边都可以直接跟名词作宾语。如果只是从语法角度考虑，很 难确定答案。

可是， 如果知道英语中 have a part 是一种习惯搭配， 表示 “担任一个角色” ， 就不难作出选择了。

2.从逻辑推理、常识等角度考虑。Taking off his clothes, he jumped into the river. The (52)water made him tremble all over.(NMET91) 52.A.deep B. cool C. dirty D. cold 此题的四个选项都可以修饰名词“water ”但在上下文中，最佳选项是D。正因为水冷，“他”才会全身发抖。这点是可以根据常识来判断的。

3.从词汇的意义及用法去考虑。She noticed how nervous he was and suggested. he should stand near the stage where he could watch and follow the play. It was a good(58)of getting rid of his nervousness. She said ,she was right ,it seemed to(59). (NMET91) 58.A.idea B. way C. path D. plan 59.A.do B. win C. work D. act 句中的“她” 注意到“他”很紧张，建议“他”观看表演以消除紧张。显然，“她”所建议的是一种消除 紧张的方法。58 题的选项中，只有 way 有方法的意思，无疑是最佳答案。紧接着的一句话 是“她说得对，这个方法似乎有效。”59 题的四个选项中，只有 work 有“奏效”的意思，第 142 页 共 142 页自然应选 C。这两个题的解答都要从词汇入手。当然，词汇意义的决定也与通篇意义有关。

4.从上下文的角度考虑 Washoe(56)like a human, too . The scientists keep her in a fully furnished （家具齐全的） house.（NMET95）56.A.live B. acts C. thinks D. plays 下文谈到的是 Washoe 的生活环境和生活习惯，所以该句的意思应该是“Washoe 生活得 也象人类”，因此 A 为正确答案。

第四部分：阅读理解（40 分） 该部分要求考生读懂公告,说明,广告以及书,报,杂志中关于一般性话题的简短文章.考生 应能： （1） 理解主旨和要义 这类试题主要考察考生略读文章， 领会大意的能力， 它对考生的归纳概括能力有一定的要求。

（2） 理解文中具体信息 这类试题有时比较直接，理解字面意思即可答题；有时则较为间接，需要归纳概括和推理才 能答题。

(3)根据上下文推断生词的词义 能根据上下文正确理解灵活变化的词义， 才算是真正初步具备了一定的阅读理解能力。

此外， 阅读文章时， 常常会遇到一些过去未见过的词， 但许多这类生词的词义可以通过上下文推断 出来。

这种不使用词典而通过上下文来推断生词含义的能力， 是一个合格的读者所必须具备 的能力，因此也是阅读测试中经常检测的一种能力。

（4）作出简单判断和推理 阅读文章的主要目的是获取信息，即理解作者所要传达的信息。在实际的阅读过程中，有时 需要根据文章提供的事实和线索进行逻辑推理， 推测作者未提到的事实或某事发生的可能性 等。第 143 页 共 143 页（5）理解文章的基本结构 如果希望准确深刻地理解一篇文章，必须对文章的结构有所了解，把握住全篇的文脉，即句 与句之间的逻辑关系。

对这种能力的考察， 一般反映在理解文中某一段落的作用或某些词语 的指代关系的题目中。

（6）理解作者的意图观点和态度 每篇文章都有一个特定的写作目的， 而这些信息通常并不是明确地表达出来， 而是隐含在文 章之中。因此，这类问题要求考生在理解文章总体内容的基础上，去领会作者的言外之意。

第五部分：补全对话（5 分） 新《考纲》要求考生："能正确使用语言、语法、和日常交际用语知识；能够恰当理解 使用中的语言现象"，"能够在特定的语境中比较得体地表达自己的连贯思想。"为此大纲专 门列出 36 条日常交际用语。

补全对话试题的设计采用应答形式， 考生根据试题说明中交待的情景把一段不完整的对 话补充完整。

考生除了应具备必要的词汇、 语法知识以外还需要熟悉日常生活中交际英语的 表达方式，如：感谢、邀请等。

考生应该注意对交际情景的整体理解，注意对话结构的合理，前后连贯性，注意对话中 的情感交流，熟悉会话中的交际技能。

补全对话的解题应当充分理解题目的说明与汉语提示。把握对话的整体内容，时间、地 点、人物等；弄清事实细节、依据上下文正确判断讲话人的意图、情感等以及语法结构、习 惯交际形式等。

第六部分：单词拼写（10 分） 高考英语单词拼写题作为一种集理解、语法、结构、词性、词形于一体的综合性题型，对中 学英语教学起到了良好的导向作用， 有利于培养学生扎实的语言基本功和提高学生语言综合第 144 页 共 144 页应用能力。本文结合近年高考单词拼写真题，简要分析了高考单词拼写题的命题特点、常见 考点以及解题策略，并针对 2008 年高考提出了该题型的复习备考建议。

[关键字] 高考 英语 单词拼写题 1991 年高考题中增加了专项测试单词拼写的题型，实现了单词拼写测试的第一次飞跃— —从无到有，其形式为从选项 A、B、C、D 中找出适当的字母或字母组合使所给单词完整 与准确。1996 年开始实现单词拼写测试的第二次飞跃——从知识型到能力型，其形式为根 据句子所给汉语注释或首字母提示写出空缺处单词的正确形式， 属于 “基于对句子含义理解 的词汇应用题”， 使单词拼写语境化， 具有综合考查功能， 实现了单词拼写正确、形式正确、 句子结构完整和句子意思明确四个方面的考查目标。

这样就把枯燥机械的单词记忆测试活化 为集理解、语法、结构、词性、拼写于一体的综合性题型。它不仅已经达到了既定的检测效 果，而且起到了良好的导向作用，扭转了中学英语教学中长期形成的只注重 ABCD 而忽视 语言基本功和语言综合运用能力的倾向。

一、高考单词拼写题的命题特点 1. 单词拼写主要考查考生“识词、记词和用词”的能力。这类试题体现了“词不离句” 的特点，要求考生注意单词在句子中的确切含义与正确形式，而不是孤立地死记硬背单词。

2. 所有单词都是给出汉语提示填词，没有给首字母填单词的。了解了这一点，考生在平 时练习时应多做一些给汉语提示填词的练习以增强训练的针对性。

3. 所考单词全都是《考纲》（即《考试说明》）上要求的词，无一生僻词，其中涵盖 初中单词。这就要求考生要熟练掌握考纲要求的 2000 个词汇。

4. 近三年所考的单词中，所含字母数最少的是四个(2006 年第 66 题所考的 miss)，含 字母数最多的是 11 个(2005 年第 69 题、第 70 题所考的 deion 和 immediately)，多数所 考单词为 6-9 个字母。所以，复习时对这种长度的单词要多加注意。第 145 页 共 145 页5. 关于各种词性的考查分布也有一定的特点(详见下表)： 年份/词性 名词 动词 形容词 副词 年份/词性 2005 年 2006 年 2007 年 名词 4 4 3 动词 4 4 4 形容词 1 1 2 副词 1 1 1 二、由此可见，实词，尤其是名词、动词、形容词和副词，应该是单词记诵的重点。

高考单词拼写题的常见考点(详见下表) 1. 名词常考可数和不可数名词的用法， 如果是可数名词， 常会涉及到单复数的变化。

动词常考时态、语态、非谓语动词及动词过去式和过去分词的不规则变化。

3. 形容词、副词常考两者的区别以及比较级和最高级的变化。

动词 名词 年份 原形 可数 2005 2006 2007 3 4 3 不可数 1 1 1 2 规则 1 1 1 不规则 规则 不规则 1 2 1 1 词 1 2 2 2 1 过去式 过去分词 动名 原级 最高级 比较/ 形容/副词2.高考必备单词： 一、一个星期七天 1. Monday 2. Tuesday 3. Wednesday 4. Thursday 5. Friday6. Saturday7. Sunday第 146 页 共 146 页二、一年十二个月 1. January 6. June 2. February 7. July 3. March 8. August 12. December 4. April 9. September 5. May 10.October 11. November 三、一年四季 1. spring 十三、其它必背单词 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. abroad 国外2. summer3. autumn4. winterabsence n. 缺席 (absent adj.) accepted (NMET1997) accident 事故 (accidental adj. 偶然的，accidentally adv. 偶然地) achievement 成就 (achieve v. 获得) address 地址 admire 钦佩 admitting (2000北京春季卷) agreement 协议10. agriculture 农业 (agricultural adj. 农业的) 11. altogether 总共 12. ancient 古代的 13. announced(NMET1999) 14. anxiety 忧虑 (anxious adj. 焦急的，anxiously adv. 焦急地) 15. apologize v. 道歉 (apology n. 道歉 apologetic adj. 道歉的，apologetically adv.第 147 页 共 147 页道歉地) 16. apologize/apologise (2000全国卷) 17. appreciate 感激/欣赏 (感激人用 thank sb；谢谢某人做的事用 appreciate sth.) 18. Asian(NMET1996) 19. assistant 助手 20. astonish 吃惊 (astonishment n. 吃惊，astonishing，astonished) 21. astronaut 宇航员 22. atmosphere 气氛 23. attempt 尝试 (可作名词也可作动词) 24. attentively 专心地 25. attentively(NMET1996) 26. attitude 态度 27. attract 吸引 (attraction 吸引力) 28. average 平均 29. average(NMET1999) 30. balance 平衡 31. beauty 美 (beautiful) 32. believe 相信 (belief n. 信念，其复数是 beliefs) 33. beyond 超过 34. biology 生物 35. birthday 生日 36. bravery 勇敢第 148 页 共 148 页37. broadcast(NMET1996) 38. broadcast 广播 (过去式、过去分词同原形) 39. carefully 小心 (carefully) 40. ceiling 天花板 41. celebrated (2000北京春季卷) 42. celebration 庆祝 (celebrate n. 庆祝) 43. century 世纪 44. challenge 挑战 45. character 性格 46. charge 收费 47. cinema 电影院 48. comfort v. & n. 安慰 (comfortable adj. comfortably adv.舒适地) 49. comfortably(NMET1997) 50. comment 评论 51. communication 交流 52. competition 竞赛 (compete v. 竞赛 competitor 竞赛者) 53. composition 作文 54. concert 音乐会 55. conclude v. conclusion n. 结论 56. condition 情况 (conditions 条件) 57. confessing (2000北京春季卷) 58. congratulations 祝贺 (congratulate v.)第 149 页 共 149 页59. constantly 不断地 60. construction(NMET1996) 61. continue 继续 62. contribution 贡献 (contribute v.) 63. conveniently 方便 (convenient adj.) 64. conversation 谈话 65. coughing(NMET1997) 66. cousin 表兄弟 67. cruelty 残酷 (cruel adj. cruelly adv.) 68. curious 好奇 (curiosity n. 好奇) 69. curious(NMET1996) 70. customer 顾客 71. customers (2000北京春季卷) 72. custom 习俗 73. damage 损坏 74. declared(NMET1999) 75. delicious 美味 76. destroy 毁灭 (其过去式是 destroyed) 77. determined 有决心的 78. develop 发展 (development n. developing 发展中的，developed 发达的) 79. dialogue 对话 80. diary 日记 (dairy 奶制品)第 150 页 共 150 页81. difference 不同点 (有复数形式) 82. disappointed 失望 (disappointing 让人失望的) 83. disappointment 失望 84. discovery 发现 (其复数是 discoveries，其动词是 discover，discoverer 发现者) 85. disturb 打扰 86. dollar 美元 (其复数是 dollars) 87. downstairs 楼下 88. dream 梦想 (其过去式是 dreamed 或 dreamt) 89. electricity 电 (electrical 电的，electric 电的) 90. employ 雇用 (employment n. employer 雇主，employee 雇员) 91. empty 倒空 (可用动词，其过去式是 emptied) 92. encourage 鼓励 (encouraging, encouraged, encouragement n.) 93. energy 能量 94. envelope 信封 95. envy n. 妒忌 (envious adj.) 96. equal(NMET1998) 97. equipment 设备 98. especially 尤其是 99. essential(NMET1999) 100.European 欧洲人 101.event 事件 102.excellent 极好 (excellence n. excellently adv.)第 151 页 共 151 页103.exhibition(NMET1997) 104.exhibition 展览 105.expense 耗费 106.experience 经验 (experienced 有经验的) 107.expert 专家 108.expression 表达 109.failure 失败 (fail v.) 110.familiar(NMET1999) 111.familiar 熟悉的 112.favorite 最喜爱的 (即作形容词也作名词，作名词时有复数) 113.figure 人物/数字 114.finger 手指 115.flight 飞行 116.forehead 前额 117.foreign(NMET1998) 118.fortunately 幸运地 119.forward 向前 120.freezing 极冷的 (frozen 冷冻的) 121.frequently 经常地 122.furniture 家具 123.further 进一步的 124.generally (2000全国卷)第 152 页 共 152 页125.geography 地理 126.Germany 德国 127.government(NMET1996) 128.gradually 逐渐地 129.graduation 毕业 (graduate) 130.grammar 语法 131.habits (NMET1997) 132.handkerchiefs (2000北京春季卷) 133.honesty 诚实 (honest) 134.honor/honour 荣誉 135.imagination 想象力 (imagine v.) 136.immediate (2000北京春季卷) 137.immediately 马上 138.impress 印象 (impression n.) 139.incident 小事件 140.including 包括 (include v.) 141.indispensable (NMET1999) 142.industry 工业 (industrial adj. 工业的) 143.information 信息 144.inspire 激励 (inspiration n. inspiring, inspired) 145.institute 学院 146.instrument 仪器第 153 页 共 153 页147.interest 兴趣 148.interrupt 打断 149.interrupt 打断 150.introduce 介绍 (introduction n.) 151.irregular 不规则的 152.journey 旅程 153.judge 判断 ( judgment) 154.kindergarten 幼儿园 155.knowledge 知识 156.labor/labour 劳动 157.late1y(NMET1999) 158.laughter 笑声 159.lawyer 律师 160.librarian 图书馆理员 161.loss 损失 162.luckily 幸运地 163.magazine 杂志 164.majority (2000北京春季卷) 165.majority 大多数 166.manage 设法 (manager, management) 167.market(2000全国卷) 168.marriage 结婚 (marry v. 结婚，married 已婚的)第 154 页 共 154 页(lose, lost 是其动词形式)169.material(s)/cloth(NMET1996) 170.material 物质/材料 171.mayor 市长 172.mean (NMET1999) 173.measure 测量 174.medal 奖章 (比较：model 模型) 175.memory 记忆力 (memorize v. 记住，remember 记得) 176.messages (2000全国卷) 177.metal 金属 178.modern 现代的 179.modest 谦虚的 180.monitor 班长/监控 181.moustache 胡子 182.murder 谋杀 (murderer 凶手) 183.musician 音乐家 184.mysterious 神秘的 (mystery 神秘) 185.nationality 国籍 (nation 国家，national 国家的) 186.naturally(NMET1998) 187.naughty 淘气的 188.necessary(NMET1999) 189.ninth(NMET1998) 190.normal 正常的第 155 页 共 155 页191.obey (NMET1997) 192.obviously 明显的 193.offering (2000全国卷) 194.operation 手术 195.opportunity 机会 196.ordinary 普通的 197.organized/organised(NMET1996) 198.particularly 特别是 199.passenger 旅客 200.passengers(NMET1999) 201.patience 耐心 (patiently) 202.patient 病人/耐心 203.perfect 完美 (perfectly) 204.performed(2000北京春季卷) 205.perhaps 或许 206.period 时期 207.permission 许可 208.persuaded(NMET1996) 209.phenomena 现象 210.physicist 物理学家 211.pilots (2000全国卷) 212.poisonous 有毒的 (poison)第 156 页 共 156 页213.political 政治的 (politics) 214.popular 受欢迎的 215.population 人口 216.position 职位 217.possibility(-ies)可能性 (possible 可能的) 218.poverty 贫穷 (poor) 219.poverty 贫穷 220.practical (NMET1997) 221.preparing(NMET1998) 222.pressure(NMET1997) 223.pretend 假装 224.professor 教授 225.profit 利润 226.progress 进步 227.pronunciation (2000北京春季卷) 228.provide 提供 (比较：offer, supply) 229.public 公众 230.purpose 目的 231.quality(NMET1996) 232.quantity 数量 233.realistic(NMET1997) 234.receive 收到第 157 页 共 157 页235.recently(NMET1999) 236.recognised/recognized(NMET1999) 237.recognize 认出 (recognition 承认) 238.regards 问候 239.remind 提醒 240.repeat (repetition)重复 241.respect 尊敬 242.restaurant 餐馆 243.restaurants(NMET1999) 244.satisfaction 满意 (satisfy, satisfied, satisfying) 245.satisfactory 满意的 246.Saturday(NMET1998) 247.scientific 科学的 248.scientific 科学的 249.secretary 秘书 250.secretly (2000北京春季卷) 251.separately 单独地 252.separates (NMET1998) 253.serious 严重的 (seriously) 254.service 服务 255.shortcoming 缺点 256.silence 安静 (silent)第 158 页 共 158 页257.similar (2000北京春季卷) 258.similar 类似的 (similarity –ies 相似之处) 259.situation 形势/情况 260.slightly(2000全国卷) 261.society 社会 (social adj. 社会的) 262.southern(2000全国卷) 263.special 特别的 264.species 物种 (单复数同形) 265.spring(NMET1997) 266.square 平方 267.stolen(2000全国卷) 268.straight(NMET1997) 269.suitable 合适的 270.support 支持 271.surprise 吃惊 272.surround 包围 273.swimming(NMET1998) 274.technique 技术 (technical adj.) 275.technology 技术 276.temperature 温度 277.theory 理论 278.thirsty 口渴第 159 页 共 159 页279.thorough (NMET1997) 280.total 合计 281.traffic 交通 282.translated(NMET1998) 283.translation 翻译 (translator 翻译家，interpret 解说, interpreter 口语翻译) 284.umbrella(NMET1999) 285.umbrella 伞 286.unusually 不寻常 (unusual 不寻常的) 287.unwilling 不愿意 (willing adj. 愿意 will n. 意志) 288.upstairs(2000全国卷) 289.upstairs 楼上 290.vacation 假期 291.various 各种各样的 (variety n. 种类) 292.victim 受害者 293.victory 胜利 294.vocabulary 词汇 295.voyage 航行 296.waste (NMET1999) 297.wealth 财富 298.weather(NMET1998) 299.whisper 低语 300.worship 崇拜第 160 页 共 160 页301.youth 年轻人 (复数加-s) 302.zero 零 认读较难词汇 100 audience available award accurate agent scare sur vive systemtranspor t variety reward relate rescue respond quantity original oxygen nuclear merchant intelligence influence illegal guilty merely majority immigrateparagraph precious inter view envy commentindependentgesture confuse combine convenientcommercial第七部分：短文改错（15 分） 考点一：动词 1． 谓语动词的时态 1）各种时态的用法 2）时态的协调一致 a. 在简单句中， 时态要与时间状语一致。b. 当两个或两个以上的谓 语共用一个主语时， 其时态要求一致。c. 由并列连词连接的两个句子， 时态上要求一致。

d. 从句与主句的时态呼应 2．谓语动词的语态 1）主动语态与被动语态的误用 2）被动语态的正确形式 3）被动语态的时态与句中其他时态的呼应 3．主谓一致 4．谓语动词的语气 1）虚拟语气在条件句中的应用。第 161 页 共 161 页2）虚拟语气在宾语从句中的应用。

3）虚拟语气在主语从句中的应用。

5．情态动词 1） must 表示 “必须， 不得不” 时， 其否定式是 needn’ t 或 do not have to； must not 则表示“不许， 禁止”。

2）need 与 dare 既可作情态动词， 也可作实义动词； 而作实义动词时， 若要构成问句 和否定句， 就需要助动词 do/does/did。

3）“can+have+过去分词”结构用在疑问句和否定句中， 表示对过去的事情所作的推测 4）“could+hav

高考英语必考知识点总结_2018年高考英语单词必考知识点总结归纳

2018 年高考英语单词必考知识点总结归纳一、一个星期七天 1. Monday 2. Tuesday 3. Wednesday 4. Thursday 5. Friday 6. Saturday 7. Sunday 二、一年十二个月 1. January 2. February 3. March 4. April 5. May6. June 7. July 8. August 9. September 10. October 11. November 12. December 三、一年四季 1. spring 2. summer 3. autumn 4. winter 四、容易拼写错的数字 1. eighth 第八 2. ninth 第九 3. forty 四十 4. twelfth 第十二 5. twentieth 第二十 四、亲属称呼 1. daughter (女儿) 2. niece (女性晚辈) 3. nephew (男性晚辈) 4. cousin (同辈兄弟姐妹) 5. aunt (女性长辈) 6. uncle (男性长辈) 五、以下动词加-ed 或-ing 要双写最后一个字母1. regret (regretted, regretting) 后悔 2. control (controlled, controlling) 控制 3. admit (admitted, admitting) 承认 4. occur (occurred, occurring) 出现 5. prefer (preferred, preferring) 宁愿 6. refer (referred, referring) 提到 7. forget (forgetting ) 忘记 8. permit (permitted, permitting)允许 9. equip (equipped, equipping) 装备 注意：quarrel, signal, travel 中的 l 可双写（英国英语）也可不双 写（美国英语） 六、部分过去式和过去分词不规则变化的动词 1. broadcast (broadcast, broadcast) 广播 2. flee (fled, fled) 逃跑 3. forbid (forbade, forbidden) 禁止 4. forgive (forgave, forgiven) 原谅 5. freeze (froze, frozen) 结冰 6. hang (作“绞死”讲，是规则的；作“悬挂”讲，其过去式过去分词 都是 hung) 7. lie (作“说谎”讲时，是规则的；作“位于”讲时，其过去式是 lay，过去分词是 lain) 8. seek (sought, sought) 寻求 9. shake (shook, shaken) 发抖 10. sing (sang, sung) 唱歌11. sink (sank, sunk/sunken) 下沉 12. spread (spread, spread) 传播 13. swim (swam, swum) 游泳 14. tear (tore, torn) 撕碎 15. weave (wove, woven) 编织 七、意思相近的词 1. check / examine/ test 2. receive / accept 3. destroy /damage 4. celebrate/ congratulate 5. wear / dress 八、注意形容词变名词时的拼写变化 1. long—length 长度 2. wide—width 宽度 3. high—height 高度 4. strong—strength 力量 九、以-ic 结尾的动词，应先把-ic 变为-ick，再加 ing 或 ed 1. picnic (picnicked, picnicking) 野餐 十、个别名词的复数拼写 1. German (Germans) 德国人 2. gulf (gulfs) 海湾 3. handkerchief (handkerchiefs) 手帕 4. hero (英雄)，potato (土豆)，tomato (西红柿) 等有生命的以-o 结尾的名词变复数时要加-es。5. roof (roofs) 房顶 6. stomach 胃 (其复数是 stomachs 而不是加 es) 十一、注意动词变名词时的拼写变化 1. succeed—success 成功 2. pronounce—pronunciation 发音 3. explain—explanation 解释 4. decide—decision 决定 5. enter—entrance 进入 6. permit—permission 允许 7. refuse—refusal 拒绝 8. consider—consideration 考虑 9. discover—discovery 发现 10. bury—burial 埋葬 11. conclude—conclusion 得出结论 12. arrive—arrival 到达 13. weigh—weight 重量 十二、注意形容词变副词时的拼写变化 1. beautiful—beautifully 美丽的 2. possible—possibly 可能的 3. practical—practically 实际的 4. particular—particularly 特别的 5. successful—successfully 成功的 十三、其它必背单词1. abroad 国外 2. absence n. 缺席 (absent adj.) 3. accepted (NMET1997) 4. accident 事故 (accidental adj. 偶然的，accidentally adv. 偶 然地) 5. achievement 成就 (achieve v. 获得) 6. address 地址 7. admire 钦佩 8. admitting (2000 北京春季卷) 9. agreement 协议 10. agriculture 农业 (agricultural adj 农业的) 11. altogether 总共 12. ancient 古代的 13. announced(NMET1999) 14. anxiety 忧虑 (anxious adj. 焦急的，anxiously adv. 焦急地) 15. apologize v. 道歉 (apology n. 道歉) 16. apologize/apologise (2000 全国卷) 17. appreciate 感激/欣赏 (感激人用 thank sb；谢谢某人做的事用 appreciate sth.) 18. Asian(NMET1996) 19. assistant 助手 20. astonish 吃惊 (astonishment n. 吃惊，astonishing， astonished) 21. astronaut 宇航员22. atmosphere 气氛 23. attempt 尝试 (可作名词也可作动词) 24. attentively 专心地 25. attentively(NMET1996) 26. attitude 态度 27. attract 吸引 (attraction 吸引力) 28. average 平均 29. average(NMET1999) 30. balance 平衡 31. beauty 美 (beautiful) 32. believe 相信 (belief n. 信念，其复数是 beliefs) 33. beyond 超过 34. biology 生物 35. birthday 生日 36. bravery 勇敢 37. broadcast(NMET1996) 38. broadcast 广播 39. carefully 小心 (carefully) 40. ceiling 天花板 41. celebrated (2000 北京春季卷) 42. celebration 庆祝 (celebrate n. 庆祝) 43. century 世纪 44. challenge 挑战45. character 性格 46. charge 收费 47. cinema 电影院 48. comfort v. & n. 安慰 (comfortable adj. comfortably adv.舒适 地) 49. comfortably(NMET1997) 50. comment 评论 51. communication 交流 52. competition 竞赛 (compete v. 竞赛 competitor 竞赛者) 53. composition 作文 54. concert 音乐会 55. conclude v. conclusion n. 结论 56. condition 情况 (conditions 条件) 57. confessing (2000 北京春季卷) 58. congratulations 祝贺 (congratulate v.) 59. constantly 不断地 60. construction(NMET1996) 61. continue 继续 62. contribution 贡献 (contribute v.) 63. conveniently 方便 (convenient adj.) 64. conversation 谈话 65. coughing(NMET1997) 66. cousin 表兄弟 67. cruelty 残酷 (cruel adj. cruelly adv.)68. curious 好奇 (curiosity n. 好奇) 69. curious(NMET1996) 70. customer 顾客 71. customers (2000 北京春季卷) 72. custom 习俗 73. damage 损坏 74. declared(NMET1999) 75. delicious 美味 76. destroy 毁灭 (其过去式是 destroyed) 77. determined 有决心的 78. develop 发展 (development n. developing 发展中的，developed 发达的) 79. dialogue 对话 80. diary 日记 (dairy 奶制品) 81. difference 不同点 (有复数形式) 82. disappointed 失望 (disappointing 让人失望的) 83. disappointment 失望 84. discovery 发现 (其复数是 discoveries，其动词是 discover， discoverer 发现者) 85. disturb 打扰 86. dollar 美元 (其复数是 dollars) 87. downstairs 楼下 88. dream 梦想 (其过去式是 dreamed 或 dreamt) 89. electricity 电 (electrical 电的，electric 电的)90. employ 雇用 (employment n. employer 雇主，employee 雇员) 91. empty 倒空 (可用动词，其过去式是 emptied) 92. encourage 鼓励 (encouraging, encouraged, encouragement n.) 93. energy 能量 94. envelope 信封 95. envy n. 妒忌 (envious adj.) 96. equal(NMET1998) 97. equipment 设备 98. especially 尤其是 99. essential(NMET1999) 100. European 欧洲人 101. event 事件 102. excellent 极好 (excellence n. excellently adv.) 103. exhibition(NMET1997) 104. exhibition 展览 105. expense 耗费 106. experience 经验 (experienced 有经验的) 107. expert 专家 108. expression 表达 109. failure 失败 (fail v.) 110. familiar(NMET1999) 111. familiar 熟悉的 112. favorite 最喜爱的 (即作形容词也作名词，作名词时有复数)113. figure 人物/数字 114. finger 手指 115. flight 飞行 116. forehead 前额 117. foreign(NMET1998) 118. fortunately 幸运地 119. forward 向前 120. freezing 极冷的 (frozen 冷冻的) 121. frequently 经常地 122. furniture 家具 123. further 进一步的 124. generally (2000 全国卷) 125. geography 地理 126. Germany 德国 127. government(NMET1996) 128. gradually 逐渐地 129. graduation 毕业 (graduate) 130. grammar 语法 131. habits (NMET1997) 132. handkerchiefs (2000 北京春季卷) 133. honesty 诚实 (honest) 134. honor/honour 荣誉 135. imagination 想象力 (imagine v.)136. immediate (2000 北京春季卷) 137. immediately 马上 138. impress 印象 (impression n.) 139. incident 小事件 140. including 包括 (include v.) 141. indispensable (NMET1999) 142. industry 工业 (industrial adj. 工业的) 143. information 信息 144. inspire 激励 (inspiration n. inspiring, inspired) 145. institute 学院 146. instrument 仪器 147. interest 兴趣 148. interrupt 打断 149. interrupt 打断 150. introduce 介绍 (introduction n.) 151. irregular 不规则的 152. journey 旅程 153. judge 判断 (judgment) 154. kindergarten 幼儿园 155. knowledge 知识 156. labor/labour 劳动 157. late1y(NMET1999) 158. laughter 笑声159. lawyer 律师 160. librarian 图书馆理员 161. loss 损失 (lose, lost 是其动词形式)162. luckily 幸运地 163. magazine 杂志 164. majority (2000 北京春季卷) 165. majority 大多数 166. manage 设法 (manager, management) 167. market(2000 全国卷) 168. marriage 结婚 (marry v. 结婚，married 已婚的) 169. material(s)/cloth(NMET1996) 170. material 物质/材料 171. mayor 市长 172. mean (NMET1999) 173. measure 测量 174. medal 奖章 (比较：model 模型) 175. memory 记忆力 (memorize v. 记住，remember 记得) 176. messages (2000 全国卷) 177. metal 金属 178. modern 现代的 179. modest 谦虚的 180. monitor 班长/监控 181. moustache 胡子182. murder 谋杀 (murderer 凶手) 183. musician 音乐家 184. mysterious 神秘的 (mystery 神秘) 185. nationality 国籍 (nation 国家，national 国家的) 186. naturally(NMET1998) 187. naughty 淘气的 188. necessary(NMET1999) 189. ninth(NMET1998) 190. normal 正常的 191. obey (NMET1997) 192. obviously 明显的 193. offering (2000 全国卷) 194. operation 手术 195. opportunity 机会 196. ordinary 普通的 197. organized/organised(NMET1996) 198. particularly 特别是 199. passenger 旅客 200. passengers(NMET1999) 201. patience 耐心 (patiently) 202. patient 病人/耐心 203. perfect 完美 (perfectly) 204. performed(2000 北京春季卷)205. perhaps 或许 206. period 时期 207. permission 许可 208. persuaded(NMET1996) 209. phenomena 现象 210. physicist 物理学家 211. pilots (2000 全国卷) 212. poisonous 有毒的 (poison) 213. political 政治的 (politics) 214. popular 受欢迎的 215. population 人口 216. position 职位 217. possibility(-ies)可能性 (possible 可能的) 218. poverty 贫穷 (poor) 219. poverty 贫穷 220. practical (NMET1997) 221. preparing(NMET1998) 222. pressure(NMET1997) 223. pretend 假装 224. professor 教授 225. profit 利润 226. progress 进步 227. pronunciation (2000 北京春季卷)228. provide 提供 (比较：offer, supply) 229. public 公众 230. purpose 目的 231. quality(NMET1996) 232. quantity 数量 233. realistic(NMET1997) 234. receive 收到 235. recently(NMET1999) 236. recognised/recognized(NMET1999) 237. recognize 认出 (recognition 承认) 238. regards 问候 239. remind 提醒 240. repeat (repetition)重复 241. respect 尊敬 242. restaurant 餐馆 243. restaurants(NMET1999) 244. satisfaction 满意 (satisfy, satisfied, satisfying) 245. satisfactory 满意的 246. Saturday(NMET1998) 247. scientific 科学的 248. scientific 科学的 249. secretary 秘书 250. secretly (2000 北京春季卷)251. separately 单独地 252. separates (NMET1998) 253. serious 严重的 (seriously) 254. service 服务 255. shortcoming 缺点 256. silence 安静 (silent) 257. similar (2000 北京春季卷) 258. similar 类似的 (similarity 相似之处) 259. situation 形势/情况 260. slightly(2000 全国卷) 261. society 社会 (social adj. 社会的) 262. southern(2000 全国卷) 263. special 特别的 264. species 物种 (单复数同形) 265. spring(NMET1997) 266. square 平方 267. stolen(2000 全国卷) 268. straight(NMET1997) 269. suitable 合适的 270. support 支持 271. surprise 吃惊 272. surround 包围 273. swimming(NMET1998)274. technique 技术 (technical adj.) 275. technology 技术 276. temperature 温度 277. theory 理论 278. thirsty 口渴 279. thorough (NMET1997) 280. total 合计 281. traffic 交通 282. translated(NMET1998) 283. translation 翻译 (translator 翻译家，interpret 解说, interpreter 口语翻译) 284. umbrella(NMET1999) 285. umbrella 伞 286. unusually 不寻常 (unusual 不寻常的) 287. unwilling 不愿意 (willing adj. 愿意 will n. 意志) 288. upstairs(2000 全国卷) 289. upstairs 楼上 290. vacation 假期 291. various 各种各样的 (variety n. 种类) 292. victim 受害者 293. victory 胜利 294. vocabulary 词汇 295. voyage 航行 296. waste (NMET1999)297. wealth 财富 298. weather(NMET1998) 299. whisper 低语 300. worship 崇拜 301. youth 年轻人 (复数加-s) 302. zero 零

高考英语必考知识点总结_2019高考英语知识点总结精华版(最全)

2019 届高考英语知识点总结精华版(史上最全) 1.a great/good many: a large number of 许多。修饰可数名词复数。

I’m quite busy. I have a great many things to do. 我很忙，我有很多事要做。

若复数名词前有限定词或其修饰的为代词时，应加 of . ①A great many of the books have been sold out. 已经卖了很多书了。

②A great many of them are out of work.他们很多人失业了。2.able(可以的，有能力的，可能的)①He is an able man.那人本事不小。

enable(v)使……能 ②We must learn more to enable us to face all the difficulties.我们要多学知识以便能面对各种困 难。

disable:有残疾的，不能干的；the disabled 表示一类人（残疾人） able 作词辍时 ①可以……的，值得……的（有被动含义） eatable 可食用的，measurable 可以测量、估计的；readable 可读的 ②其他含义：conformable 舒适的、安逸的；suitable 合适的，恰当的3.above, over, on 三个词都可以表示“在……上“，但用法不同。On 表示与某物体表面接触；over 表示在某物体垂直的 上方，含“布满、覆盖、跨越”之意，与 under 相对；above 表示位置高于，但不一定垂直，与 below 相对。注意：与数字、数量、长度词连用时，多用 over,同 more than。如：over10,000people 一万 多人；表示年龄、刻度多用 above，如 a man above fifty 五十开外的人；above zero 零度以上。

习惯用语：well above average 远在一般以上；above sea-level 海拔以上；the one above 上面的一 个；above all 首先，尤其重要的是；over there 那边；all over 遍及；over again 再一遍；over andover 再三地 [应用]介词填空 ①There lay an umbrella_______the table and some raincoats _____it. ②The mother held an umbrella______the boy’s head so that the sun wouldn’t burn him. ③ There seemed to be a war and many planes were flying____the city. ④The moon was______the trees in the east. Key:①on,under ②over ③over ④above above all 首先，特别是，最重要的是 after all 到底，毕竟 at all (用来加强语气)与 not 连用，表示“一点也不，完全不” 。

in all 总共all but 几乎，差点没（=almost,nearly） ①We have all but finished the work. ②The day turned out fine after all. ③Children need many things ,but above all they need love. ④He wasn’t at all tired. ⑤Do you feel ill at all(真的，确实)？ ⑥There were twenty in all at the party. accident/event/ incident event 一般指重大事件。

accident 多指意外或偶然发生的事故， 特别是不幸的、 有损害性的事故。

incident 相对于 accident 来说，显得不很重要，指“小事件” ，它还可以用来表示“事变” ，如叛乱、爆炸等。

如： The broadcaster is broadcasting the news on current events.广播员正在播报时事新闻。

He was badly injured in the traffic accident.在那起交通事故中，他严重受伤。There was an incident on the bus: a man fought with the conductor. 那辆公共汽车上发生了一件 事，有个人和售票员打了起来。

Have you heard of Xi’an Incident?你听说过“西安事变”吗？admit vt.①接纳，许可……进入（allow sb./sth.to enter） He was admitted to the school this year.Only two hundred boys and girls are admitted to our school every year. ②承认，后可接名词，doing、从句或复合结构。

I admit my fault. She admitted having read the letter. He admitted that his comprehension was weak. You must admit the task to be difficult. advice 建议；劝告。是不可数名词， “一条建议”应用 a piece of advice。常用结构。

give sb.advice(on)/give advice 给某人提（关于……的）建议；忠告某人。

ask(sb.)for advice 征求（某人的）意见。

①Marx gave us some good advice on how to learn a foreign language. 关于如何学好外语，马克思给我们提了些好建议。

②If you take /follow my advice, you’ll pass the exam.如果你听从我的建议，你会考试及格的。

③Let’s ask our teacher for some advice.咱们征求一下老师的意见吧。

admire（= respect / praise）vt.羡慕，钦佩，夸奖 admire sb.（for sth.）佩服某人某事 Visitors to Beijing greatly admire our Palace Museum. 去北京的游人极其羡慕我们的故宫。I admire him for his wisdom.我佩服他的智慧。别忘了夸奖孩子。

对比：envy（= jealous）vt.嫉妨，羡慕 envy sb. （sth.） 嫉妒/羡慕某人某事 We all envy you your good future. 我们都很羡慕你的好运。advise sb. to do sth.建议某人做某事（suggest 不这样用） 。

①I advise you to take the chance.我建议你抓住机会。

②—What do you advise me to do?你建议我怎么办？ —I advise you not to lose heart; just keep on.我劝你不要灰心，继续干。

advise 还可同 suggest 一样，后接名词、代词、动名词（短语）和 that 从句（用虚拟语气）作宾语。

①—What would you advise?你有什么建议吗？—I advise you an early start 我建议你早点出发。

②I advise holding a metting to discuss the problem.我建议召开一次会议来讨论这个问题。

③I advise you (should) go to once.我建议你马上去。

advise ，persuade persuade sb. to do sth.意为“说服某人做某事” ，强调劝说成功，说服；advise sb. to do sth. 意为 “劝说某人做某事” ，不涉及劝说是否有效，相当于 try to persuade sb. to do sth.。如： The doctor persuaded my father to give up smoking.医生说服我爸爸戒了烟。

The doctor advised my father to give up smoking, but failed. 医生劝我爸爸戒烟，但没成功。

advise; suggest advise 与 suggest 都可作“建议”讲，二者用法有同有异。

(1)相同点表示建议做某事，advise 与 suggest 都可采用下列三种句型: ① + 名词 ② + 动名词 ③ + that 从句（从句中常用 should 加动词原形，should 可以省略。

） eg. He advised/ suggested an early start. He advised/ suggested (our) starting early. He advised/ suggested that we (should) start early. (注：只要是用从句表示建议该做的事，从句中就可用“should+动词原形” ，should 可以省略。)上面的第三句可转化为： It was suggested that we (should) start early. What he suggested was that we(should) start early. His suggestion was that we (should) start early. (2)不同点 ①advise 后可以跟人称代词作宾语，而 suggest 后不可以跟人称代词作宾语。故可以说： advise sb. to do sth.; advise sb. against (doing) sth.; advise sb. on/ about sth.; suggest(to sb.)that... 前三种结构中不可将 advise 改为 suggest，如： 他建议我们去参观博物馆。

[正]He advised us to go to visit the museum. [误]He suggested us to go to visit the museum. [误]He suggested us that we go to visit the museum. ②suggest 还有“暗示、表明、说、指出（一个事实） ”的意思。此时从句中用陈述语气，不用虚拟语 气。如： The smile on his face suggested that he was pleased. Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the patient was seriously ill.(句中 suggest 陈述了一个事实，故用陈述语气。)比较： Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the Patient be operated on at once.(句中 suggest 表示建议该做某事，从句中用 should 加动词原形，should 在从 句中省略。) affect（=have an effect on sth.）vt.影响（effect n.影响） This may affect your health. 这或许会影响你的健康。My throat is always affected by bad weather.我的嗓子总是受恶劣天气的影响。afraid 1)“be afraid of+名词” ，意为“害怕” 。

2） “be afraid of doing sth”意为“担心，害怕……” 。

3） “be afraid for…”意为“为……担心。

” 4） “be afraid that…”意为“担心，恐怕” 。

5） “be afraid to do ”意为“害怕，担心而不敢做某事” 。

6）I’m afraid so/not.恐怕是这样/恐怕不会这样 [应用]完成句子 ①女孩子一般都怕蛇。Girls are usually______ _____snakes. ②他怕把杯子打碎，因而很小心。He was careful because he was afraid______ _____the glass. ③你不为自己的安全担心吗？Are you afraid_______your safety? ④恐怕她会迷路。I am _____ _____she will lose her way.⑤汤姆把钱丢了，也不敢告诉他母亲。Tom lost the money and was afraid________ ______his mother. Key:①afraid,of ②of,breaking ③for ④afraid,that ⑤to tell again and again = time and time again = over and over = over and over again 再三地 The old man thinks of his happy past again and again. 这位老人再三地想起他幸福的过去。

age (1)n.年龄，时代，时期 The old man died at the age of 80/when he was 80 years of age/when he was 80 years old. 那位老人 80 岁时去世了。

He is young for his age. 就他的年龄而论，他是年轻的。

这座教堂多少年了？ 他是那个时代最伟大的诗人。What is the age of the church?He was the greatest poet of the age. (2)vi./vt. 变老He is aging fast. Worry ages a man. I found him greatly aged.他老得很快。忧虑令人老！我发现他老多了。拓展： （1）adj. aged……岁的，年老的 a boy aged ten 一个 10 岁的男孩 (2)人生的七期 baby→infant→child→youth→manhood→middle age→old age 婴儿/0→幼儿 7→儿童 12→青年 28→壮年 40→中年 65→老年 agree 同意。常用桔构： (1)agree on 对……取得一致意见或达成协议,一般表示原双方共同商讨以后达成协议的名词)。

主语必须 是两者以上。也常用被动语态，表示“ （某事）是大家都同意的” 。如： ①They agreed on the date for the next meeting.对下次会议的日期他们达成了一致意见。

②At last,the plan was agreed on. 最后，这项计划通过了。

③I don’t agree with you to this arrangement, but perhaps, after a discussion we will agree on this project.我不赞同你在这件事的安排，但或许在协商之后我们可以就这个工程达成共识。

(2)agree to 同意；赞成。to 为介词，后接表示“建议；办法；计划”等名词。

①Do you agree to my plan?你同意我的计划吗？ ②The headmaster has agreed to our suggestion for the holiday.校长同意了我们度假的建议。

(3)agree with 同意；赞成。后接 sb. 或 what 从句。

I agree with you ,but I don’t agree with what he said.我同意你的意见，但我不同意他所说的。另 外，agree with 还有“与……相适应/相一致”的意思。

The climate here doesn’t agree with me .我不适应这里的气候。

(4)agree to do sth.同意、答应做某事。

Do you agree to go with us if we agree to lend you some money?如果我们答应借钱给你，你同意 和我们一起去吗？ an aged man 老人ahead 短语归纳 go ahead 朝前走，请便（同意对方继续干或同意对方的请求） ；go ahead (on)with…继续；ahead of 在……前面，早于，优先；ahead of time 提前 [应用]完成句子 ①他朝前走去看看发生了什么事情。He ________ ________ to see what had happened. ②我可以坐这个座位吗？请坐吧。May I take this seat?________ _______. ③汤姆的数学比玛丽好。Tom is ________ _______ Mary in maths. ④她比我早到 2 个小时。She arrived two hours _______ _______me. ⑤他们已提前三周完成了设计。They have completed the design _______ ______ _______ _______time. Key:①went,ahead ②Go,ahead③/ ④ahead,of⑤three,weeks,ahead,of alive,living,live,lively,lovely 区别 1)lovely 意“可爱的” ， “美好的”如：a lovely day 美好的一天 a lovely girl 可爱的女孩2)alive 意为“活着的、有活力的”,是表语形容词，可修饰人、物； 在句中做表语宾补和或后置定词，不能用作前置定语。如 He was alive when he was taken to the hospital.他被送往医院时还活着。

Although he is old, he is still very much alive.虽然年老了，但他仍十分活跃。

The fish is still alive/living.那条鱼还活着。

Keep him alive, please.请让他活下去吧。

He is the only man alive in the accident.他是事故中惟一活着的人。

After the war , he remained alive .战后他还活着。

Those alive will gather here. 活着的人将在此相聚。

3)living 意为“活着的、有生命的” ，主要用于作前置定语及冠词 the 之后表示一类人，也可用作表语， 可修饰人或物。如： a living plant 活的植物The living will go on with the work of the dead.活着的人将继续死者的工作。

all living things 所有生物 the living 在世者，活着的人们 Latin is not a living language. 拉丁语不是现代使用的语言。

He is still living at the age of 95.95 岁了他还活着。

4)live [laiv] （1） （动、植物） “活的” ， “有生命的” ， “活生生的，主要用来说鸟或其它动物，作前置定语；如：a live fish 一条活鱼 a live tiger 一只活老虎(2)实况的，现场直播的；如：a live report 现场报道 a live show/broadcast/TV program 现场转播的 表演/实况广播/现场直播的电视节目 living 有精神的，活泼的，快活的，轻快的 Her grandfather is still living at the age of 93.她爷爷已经 93 岁了，仍然健在。

5)lively 意为“活泼的” ， “有生气的”, 生动的 “生动的” ，可用作表语、定语，指人或物。如： a lively child 活泼的孩子 生动的描述如： a lively discussion 热烈的讨论 使课堂生动的方法a lively descriptiona lively mind 活跃的头脑a way of making one’s classes livelyHe told a lively story about his life in Africa. 他讲述了一个有关他的非洲生活的一个生动故事。

Young children are usually lively. 年轻人通常很活泼。all the same adj.都一样；无所谓（to+n.） ①You can stay or leave now;It’s all the same to me. ②It’s all the same to me whether we’ll go there today or tomorrow. adv.仍然，还是 Thank you all the same.all the year round 全年，一年到头 In the west coast of Canada,it rains all the year round. allow 与 permit 1)用法相同 allow / permit sb .to do sth .允许某人做某事 allow / permit doing sth . 允许做某事。此时动词只用 ing 形式。

反义词 forbid 具有同样用法。

2)意义有异同 许多情况下可换用，只是词意的强弱上有差异。allow 语意较弱，含有“听任” ， “默许” ， “不加阻止” 的意思；permit 语意较强，强调“正式认可” ， “批准”的意思。如： The nurse allowed him to remain there ,though it was not permitted. 护士让他留在那里，虽然这时（规定）不允许的。

amaze vt.使……惊奇 = astonish, surprise The news amazed us greatly.这条消息使我们感到很惊奇。

拓展： （1）amazed 人对……感到吃惊的；amazing（某物）……信人吃惊的。

They were all amazed at the amazing news. (2)amazement n. to one’s amazement 令人吃惊的是 To my amazement, they have gone to Xishuangbanna. 让我奇怪的是，他们去西双版纳了。

类似短语：to one’s happiness/excitement/sadness/puzzlement 使某人高兴的/兴奋的/伤心的/迷惑的是 and so on : etc 等等。用来表示列举，但又不一一列出。

He knows five foreign languages, English, French, Japanese and so on. 他懂 5 种外语，如英语、 法语、日语等等。

听到这个令人吃惊的消息他们感到惊讶。announce, explain, introduce, declare 后面不接双宾语，若以人作宾语常置于 to 后。如： The president announced to the workers the sad news. The president announced the sad news to the workers.总裁向工人宣布了那不幸的消息。

He introduced the new comer to everyone here.他把新来的那个人介绍给这里的每个人。

report to sb.向某人汇报：report sth/sb.to sb.向某人汇报/告诉。

[应用]单句改错 ①The teacher explained his students how to use the computer. ②No one declared us we could not smoke here. Key:①explain 后加 to ②declare 后加 toanother day/the other day/some day/one day another day 可表示近期将来的某一天，意为“改天” ，也可表示过去将来某一动作或状态延续的“又 一天” 。如: She is coming another day instead of today. 她今天不来，改天来。

You may do it another day. 你可以改天做这件事。

He stayed there (for) another day/another two days after I lift. 我离开后他在那又待了一天/两天。

the other day 相当于 a few days ago,意为“几天前、某天、那天、不久前” ，句中用一般过去时。如： I met her in the street the other day.几天前我在街上碰见过她。

I bought the watch the other day.这手表我是几天前买的。

some day 指将来“总有一天、有朝一日、终将、 （日后）某一天” ，谓语动词用一般将来时.如: Your wishes will come true some day.总有一天你的愿望会实现的。

Some day you’ll have to pay for what you have done.总有一天你要为你的行为而付出代价的。

one day 可以表示“ （过去）某一天” ，谓语动词常用一般过去式；也可表示“ （将来）某一天” ，这时可 与 some day 互相代替，谓语常用一般将来时。如： One day I went to see my first teacher ,but he happened to be out.有一天，我去看我的启蒙老师， 可碰巧他出去了。

He will understand the teacher one day/some day.将来有一天，他会理解老师的。

anxious, eager 两个词均有“渴望，急于”之意。anxious 着重指焦急、着急或担心；而 eager 着重指对成功的期望或 进取的热情。两者都多用作表语，其主语通常是人，不能以无生命的事物作主语。对比： He is eager to join the army.他渴望参军。

He is anxious to know whether he has been chosen. 他急于知道是否被选上了。

常用搭配： ①be anxious to do sth.渴望急切地做某事；be anxious for 渴望（了解、得到） ； be anxious about 担心，对……感到不安 ②be eager to do sth.急切地想做某事； be eager for (about, after)渴望，渴求， be eager for your help 渴望得到你的帮助； be eager about peace 渴望和平 ①学生们都急切地想知道考试结果。

The students ________ ________ ________ ________ the results ofthe examination. ②那个小男孩渴望得到一台新录音机。The little boy was ________ ________a new recorder. ③我很担心我儿子的健康。I’m ________ ________my son’s health. ④他殷切希望女儿的成功。He is __________ _________ his daughter’s success.Key: ① are, anxious(eager),to ,know ②anxious(eager)， for③ anxious, about④ eager, for(about, after) apologize for doing sth. apologize 是不及物动词，意为“道歉” ，其表达式为“apologize to sb.for sth.” 。如： You must apologize to your sister for being so rude. 它的名词形式是 apology, 复数形式是 apologizes. make one’s apologies to sb. for sth.= make an apology to sb. for sth.如： He make his apologies to me for coming late. appear As a result, it appered to scientists on earth that the stars had moved.因此， 地球上的科学家看来， 恒星好像是移动了。

句型：It appears/seems(to sb.) +that—clause.看来/似乎是…… ①It appears to me that something is wrong.我看好像有点不大对头。

②It appears that he will the prize.看来他会得笑。

appear;seem;look appear, seem, look 都有“看起来似……”之意，但其暗含意思和用法又各有不同。

从意义上讲： (1)appear 强调外表给人的印象，有时含实质上并非如此的意思，如： He appears to know more than he really does。他看起来好像懂得很多。

（其实懂得没有那么多） (2)seem 暗示有一定根据的判断，这种判断往往接近事实，如： His health seems to be better.他的健康状况似乎有所好转。

(3)look 着重由视觉得出的印象，如： He doesn’t look his age.他看起来比实际年龄年轻（或老成） 。

从用法上讲：seem 和 appear 后可加 (to + be)+表语(adj.或 n.或 prep.) +to v. It + ~ +(that)从句如： He seems/appears（to be）very sad today.=It seems that he is very sad today. It seems like years since I saw you last time. He seems a kind doctor.（=It seems that he is a kind doctor.） He seems/appears to have caught a cold.=It seems/appears that he has caught a cold. look 当“看起来似乎…和 as if 从句。如： He looks strong. She looks like her mother. It looks as if we are going to miss the train.…”讲时，可接形容词、过去分词、名词、介词短语 area; district （1）area 表示“地区、区域” ，是普通用词，暗示一个较大的，可能是没有清楚界限的地区，不能用来 指行政上的地理单位。如： The old man lives in a mountain area.这位老人生活在山东。

This is a less developed area.这是个欠发达地区。

Most of the large land areas are connected.多数大块陆地是相连的。

（2）district 表示“区、地区、区域” ，指为行政管理或选举之目的所分的区。在同一城市，各种性质 不同的区域也叫 district。如： Where is the District of Columbia?哥伦比亚特区在什么地方？ The old man used to work in the jin-Cha-Ji Military District.那位老人曾经在晋察冀军区工作。

The northeast part of the city is the residential district.这城市的东北部是住宅区。

Armtake…in one’s arms 该结构意为“拥抱” 。如： He went into classroom, taking some books in his arms. As a child….:As/When he was a child…，小的时候，该句型中的 as 为连词，意为“在……的时候” ， 引导时间状语从句。当从句与主句主语一致，且从句谓语为 be 时，可将从句主语及 be 省略。

①Even as(he was)a student,Professor Smith showed great interest in maths.甚至上学的时候，史 密斯教授对数学就很感兴趣。

②As(he was)a boy,he liked playing table tennis with the grown-ups.小时候，他就喜欢和大人们打 乒乓球。

as a result 作为结果，结果（发生某情况） ，可置于句首，也可置于句末 She got up very early. As a result, she was able to catch the early bus.她起得很早，因此她赶上了 早班车。

He has won the game. He is in high spirits as a result. 他赢了比赛，所以他精神高昂。

He runs every day .As a result , he has lost weight .他每天跑步，结果他减肥了。

as a result of 作为……的结果，as a result of……的结果是 As a result of exercise , he has built up his health. The flight was delayed as a result of typhoon.该次班机因台风而延误 result in = lead to 导致，造成……结果，如： Hard work results in success.努力终归成功。(= Success results from hard work.成功来自努力) Hard work results in success. 勤奋才会成功。

result from 由……产生的结果，如： Success results from hard work. 成功来自勤奋。

His illness resulted from overwork. as…as 他的病起因于操劳过渡。as many as 和……一样多/多达；as much as 和……一样多/多达（注意：many 指可数的量，much 指 不可数词的量） ；as high as 和……一样高/高达；as thick as 和……一样厚/厚达；as long as 一样长/ 长达;as deep as 一样深/深达；as early as 一样早/早在……时候，如： We have as many books as they.我们的书和他们的一样多。/The great fire burned down as many as twenty buildings.大火烧毁的大楼多达 20 座。

[应用]汉译英 ①新桥与旧桥一样长。/这种鱼可长到长达 15 英尺。

②这座山和远处的另一座一样高。/这座山高达 4000 米。

Key:①The new bridge is as long as the old one./The kind of fish can grow as long as 15 feet. ②This mountain is as high as another one in the distance./This mountain is as high as 4,000 metres. as…as possible:as…as one can 尽可能地……. ①I’ll come back as soon as possible.我尽可能地…… ②Get up as early as possible tomorrow morning. 明天早晨尽量早起。

as...as...用法小结 （1）...as+形容词（副词）原级+as...;not as/so+形容词（副词）原级+as... Their factory is as large as ours.他们的工厂和我们的一样大。

I study as hard as you.我和你一样用功学习。

He doesn’t get up as/ so early as his parents.他不像他父母那样早起床。

（2）……倍数 + as + 形容词（副词）原级+as... Line AB is 3 times as long as Line CD.=Line AB is twice longer than/3 times the length of Line CD.线段 AB 是线段 CD 长的 3 倍。

（3）as + 形容词 + a/an + 单数可数名词 + as; as + 形容词+复数名词 + as She is as good many records as possible.我们需要尽量多的唱片。There is as much sugar in it as eight pieces of sugar.其中的含糖量相当于八块方糖。

I have’t got as much money as I thought.我没有原来想象的那么多钱。

（5）as much/ many as 多达……，……那么多 On Sports Day, during the relay race, you will use most of all, perhaps as much as 650 calories an hour.在运动会上，进行接力赛跑时，你消耗的能量最多，可能每小时多达 650 卡。

As many as 700 different languages are spoken in Africa.非洲有多达 700 种不同的语言。

He didn’t catch as many as he’d hoped.他没有捉住预想的那么多。

（6）as...as possible; as... as one can The teacher should write the words on the blackboard as carefully as he can. =The teacher should write the words on the blackboard as carefully as possible.老师在黑板上应尽可能仔细地 把字写好。

Please be as friendly as possible to your friends.=Please be as friendly as you can. 请对你的朋友 尽可能友好。

（7）as...as + 年代数字/名词 As early as 1950 I knew him.早在 1950 年我就认识他了。

He walked as far as the post office.他步行到邮局。

（8）as/so far as I know As/ So for as I know, he will be away from home for 3 months.就我所知，他将要离家 3 个月。

（9）as soon as—……就…… Please let us know as soon as you arrive in Bejing.一到北京，请通知我们一声。

（10）as well as 和；也；还有 He gave me money as well as advice.他除了给我忠告外，还给我钱。

He studies French as well as English.他不但学习英语，而且学习法语。

（11）as/so long as 只要；如果You may use that dictionary as long as you take care of it.只要你好好保存，你可以用那本词典。

as a matter of fact=in fact 事实上、实际上…… It seems easy,but as a matter of fact,it’ll take us a long time to work it out. 这道题貌似简单，实际上要解出的话很费时间。

区别下列用法 1)as(so)far as 和……一样远，远至（原级比较或表示距离） ；就……来讲 2)as(so)long as 和……一样长（原级比较） ；只要（引导条件 状语从句） 3）as well as 和……一样好；既……也……（连接并列成分） 4）as good as 和……一样好；事实上（作状语） [应用]完成句子 ①他们实际上已经答应帮助我们了。They have ________ _______ ______ promised to help us. ②油漆后的这辆自行车和新的一样。Painted, this bike is _______ _____ ______ a new one. ③小李英语说得和汉语一样好。Xiao Li speaks English______ ______ _____ she speaks Chinese. ④他和他的父母对我都很好。He _______ ______ ______his parents is kind to me. ⑤晚饭后我们一直到走山脚下。After supper we walked______ _____ ______the foot of the hill. ⑥就我所知，他将离开两个月。______ ______ ______I know, he’ll be away for two months. ⑦只要努力，你一定会成功。________ ________ _______you work hard, you’ll succeed in time. ⑧这座新建的桥据说和旧的一样长。This newly – built bridge is said to be _____ ____ ___the old one. Key:①②as good as;③④as well as ⑤as far as ⑥As, far,as ⑦As/so,long,as ⑧as,long,asas if 可用 as though 替换，在此引导表语从句，另外它们也可引导状语从句，从句既可用陈述语气， 也可用虚拟语气。如： ①It looks as if /though it’s going to rain.（陈述语气）②You look as if you’d seen a ghost.（虚拟语气） as is the case with = as with ……就和……的情况一样 As is the case with his mother, he is fond of music. As with human, animals also love their babies. as good as as good as 作为固定词组意为“几乎一样” ， “实际上等于” ，作为同级比较结构，意为“和……一样好” 。

如： ①He is as good at English as me.②My bike is as good as yours. …as it is 该固定词组表达意思是“就以（现在）这个样子， ” “根据现在的情况” 。

如：He decided to buy the house as it is. as long as/so long as 只要 (1)引导条件状语从句 You may borrow the book as / so long as you keep it clean. You will succeed so long as you work hard. 只要你不把书弄脏，你就可以借。

跟母亲一样，他喜欢音乐。同人一样，动物也爱它们的幼仔。只要你努力就会成功。As long as you study hard, you’ll make great progress. 只要你努力学习，你就会取得很大进步。

(2)和……一样长 This rope is as long as that one.这条绳子和那条一样长。

This bridge isn’t so/as long as that one.这座桥和那座不一样长。

(3)长达……（表时间） The old couple have been living in the small town as long as 50 years. 这对老夫妇已在这个小城镇里住了长达 50 年。

as well/ as well as as well 表示“也” ，是副词短语，用作状语，通常放在句末，也可放在主语之后，相当于 too,但一般无标点符号与句子隔开.as well as 通常看作一个复合并列连词,连接两个成分相同的词、短语或句子，表 示“既……又……，不但……而且……”当它连接两个主语时，谓语动词的人称和数要与第一个主语保持 一致。如： The children learn to read, write and they play games as well.孩子们学习读书写字， 他们也做游戏。

With television,we can see a picture as well as hear sound.利用电视,我们既能听到声音,又能看到图 像. Tom,as well as his parents,likes pop music.汤姆以及他的父母都喜欢流行音乐。

as;which 引导定语从句异同 as, which 都能引导限制性或非限制性的定语从句。

(1)在引导限制性定语从句时； ①which 从句修饰的先行词是名词（词组） ，which 可与 that 换用，作宾语时可省去。如： Then grow some tomatoes in one box which has plant food in the soil and some in another box which doesn’t. But the studios(which)he started are still busy today, producing more and more interesting films. ②as 从句的先行词是 the same/such 或被 the same/such 修饰；as 可作主、宾、表语，一律不可省 略。如：Many of the sports were the same as they are now.（as 作表语） He uses the same map as I (use).他和我用的是同一份地图。

（as 作宾语） Such as beautiful park as is being built was designed by two young engineers.正在建造的如此漂 亮的公园是由两个年轻的工程师设计的。

（as 作主语） The printed newspaper was not such as the chief editor had expected. 印好的报纸并非如主编原 来所期望的那样。

（as 作宾语） (2)在引导非限制性定语从句时，as,which 都可作主、宾、表语，都不可省去。

①which 从句补充说明先行词的用途、性质、状态、特征等。如：At present,the biggest nature park for milu deer in China is in the Nanhaizi Milu Park,which is about 20 kilometres south of Beijing.(位置) China Daily has plenty of advertisements, which help to cut the costs of making the newspaper.(用途) One of Charile Chaplin’s most famous films was“The Gold Rush”,which was made in 1925.(时 间) Now, however,the maters of this great lake,which is also the World’s deepest(over 1,740 metres),have been dirtied by waste from a chemical factory.(特征) ② which 从句还可表示说话人的看法，也可对主句作意义上的补充； which=and it/ this/ that/ they;which 代表的是先行词、主句或主句的一部分；which 从句只能放在先行词或主句后。如： He said she could speak 4 foreign languages, which(=and it)is not true.他说她会四门外语，这是 不可能的。

（说话人看法，which 代表宾语从句部分） 比较：He said she could speak 4 foreign languages, which(=and that)surprised every one of us. 他说她会四门外语，这使我们每个人都很惊讶。

（补充主句，which 代表主句） Leaves are turning yellow, which means autumn is coming. 了。

③as 也可代表先行词、主句或主句一部分。但 as 有“正如”的意义，其从句可放在主句前或后，如： The Nanjing Changjiang River Bridge,as we all know, was completed in 1969.我们都知道南京长江大桥，它建成于一九六九年。

（as 代表先行词） To shut your eyes to facts, as many of you do, is foolish.(如)你们许多人（所做的那样）对事实视而 不见是愚蠢的。

（as 代表主语部分） As we know, the earth is round. ask for 要求，请求 我们知道，地球是圆的。

树叶正在变黄，这意味着秋天就要来ask sb.for sth.向（某人）请求（要求）…… She asked for some advice on how to learn English well. at 表示速度、价格、利率 at a high/low price 以高价/;低价；at 40 miles an hour 以每小时 40 英里的速度；at a high/low speed 以高速/慢速；at an ordinary speed 以普通速度；at full/top speed 以全速/高速；at a speed of 以……速度。

[应用]完成句子 ①公司决定以较低的价格将这批电视卖掉。

The company decided to sell the TV sets _ ②火车正以每小时 150 英里的速度前进。

The train was running ______ _____ ______ _______150 miles an hour . Key:①at, a, low, price②at,a, speed,of “at+名词”表示“在进行，从事” at work 在工作；at table 在吃饭；at play 在做游戏；at sea 出海；at university/college 在上学;at night school 在上夜校；at dinner/table 在吃饭；at peace 处于和平状态；at war 在交战，在打仗 [应用]完成句子。

①别人在工作，不要吵闹。Don’t make any noise while others are ______ ________. ②孩子们在游戏，而他们的父母正在吃饭。

The children were ______ ________ while their parents were_______ _______. Key:①at, work②at,play,at,dinner at last, in the end, finally 三者均有“最后、终于”的含义。

finally 常用于动词之前，表示人们长期以来期待的某事最后实现了，也可指一系列事物或论点的顺序。

例如： __ _ __ __ _ 。Ａfter putting it off three times,we finally managed to have a holiday in Greece. 经过三次延期之 后,我们终于在希腊度了一次假。

Ｔhey talked about it for hours.Finally,they decided not to go.他们谈论了几个小时，最后决定不 去。

at last 有时可与 finally 互换，但往往用于一番拖延或曲折之后，语气更强烈。例如： When at last they found him, he was almost dead.当人们最终找到他时，他已经奄奄一息了。

James has passed his exams at last.詹姆斯终于通过了考试。

in the end 指经过许多变化、困难的捉摸不定的情况之后，某事才发生。例如： We made five different plans for our holiday, but in the end we had a summer camp again. 我们 制订了五种不同的度假方案，但最后我们还是选定了再来一次夏令营活动。

at (the) least 至少；最少。反义词组为 at (the)most 至多；最多。

—Mr Smith looks older than his real age.In fact,he is at (the)most 40 years old.史密斯先生很显 老，实际上他最多 40 岁。

—Oh, really?I thought he was 50 years old at (the)least.噢，真的吗？我以为他至少 50 岁了。

at the beginning of 在……初（开头） ，可指时间与空间。如： at the beginning of term 在学期开始 at the beginning of the book 在那本书的开头 at the beginning 单独用时间 at first，也可说 in the beginning. 比较：at the end of 在……末（尽头） in the end 最终，同 at last from beginning to end 从头至尾 at the doctor’s 该结构为介词+名词所有格，意为“在诊所” 。所有格-’s 后一般接名词，如 her mother’s bike ,但有 时这个名词可省略，主要表现在以下两个方面： at the end 在末尾处in the middle of 在……中期①指一个企业，机构，教堂，学校，医院，家庭，理发店，店铺时。如： She is at the hairdresser’s. ②为了避免重复，省略-’s 后的名词。如： I have read some of Shaw’s plays,but none of Shakespeare’s. at the last moment 在最后关头 at the moment 此刻；正在那时 for a moment 片刻；一会儿 for the moment 目前，暂时 in a moment 立刻，马上 at the top of 在……的顶部，上方 at the top of a mountain 在山顶 She is (at)the top of her class in French. at the top of one’s voice 高声地，尖声地 at war 该介宾词组意思是“处于战争或交战状态” 。在句中常作表语。如： The U.S.A.and Iraq are at war again. at, with, through 表原因 三个介词都可表示原因，at 表示听到或看到的原因；with 表示人体外部的原因；through 强调自身的 原因。如：be sad at the news 听了这个消息而悲伤；be frightened at the sight 看了那个情景而害 怕；jump up with joy 高兴地跳了起来；turn red with anger 气得脸红；shake with cold/fear 冻得/ 害怕得发抖； with pleasure 高兴地； with pride 骄傲地； with satisfaction 满意地； make the mistake through his carelessness 由于粗心而出错；be put into prison through no fault of his own 没有 任何罪过被关进监狱。

[应用]汉译英 ①听到这个消息，全国人民处于悲哀之中。

②孩子们高兴地跳了起来。③由于大意他犯了这个错误。

Key:①At the news, the whole country was in deep sorrow. ②The children jumped up with joy. ③He made the mistake through his carelessness. at work; out of work; after work 这三个以 work 为中心词的介词短语，在意思和用法上均不相同。

(1)at work 表示“在工作、在上班” ，作表语或状语。例如： They are both at work today.今天他们俩都在上班。

His father had an accident at work last week.上周的父亲在工作时出了事故。

(2)out of work 表示“失业” ，是介词短语，相当于 lost one’s job 或 be unemployed。例如： If you don’t work hard, you’ll be out of work.如果你不好好工作就会失业。

You’ll be out of work if you keep coming late.如果你老是迟到，你会失业的。

(3)after work 表示“下班后” ，作时间状语。例如： What do you usually do after work?下班后你经常干什么？ I visited Mr Liu after work yesterday.昨天下班后我看望过刘先生。

attempt (1)n.尝试；企图。

①He made an attempt to learn to ski.他尝试着学滑雪。

②He failed in attempt at climbing up the mountain.他企图爬上这座山，却失败了。

(2)vt.尝试；企图。

①She attempted to learn Japanese.她试图学习日语。

②The prisoner attempted an escape.那犯人企图逃走。

12.keep out of = keep sth.(sb.)out of 不使入内；不牵涉进去。

①Warm clothing will keep the cold out.保暖的衣服可御寒。②Keep out of their quarrels.不要参与他们争吵。

attention 短语pay attention to sth. 注意某事 draw one’s attention(to sth.) be worth one’s attention 引起某人的注意值得某人注意 叫某人注意某事bring one’s attention to sth. average 短语归纳average 可用作名词，表示“平均数，一般水平” ，也可作形容词，表示“平均的” 。如： the average of the pay 平均工资；above/below the average 平均以上/以下； the average age of the girls 姑娘的平均年龄； the average temperature 平均气温； on(an,the)average 平均起来 [应用]完成句子 ①这个厂的工人平均每月收入 700 元。____ ______，one worker in this factory gets 700 yuan every month. ②他的功课一般以上。He is_________ _________ in his lessons. Key: ①On, average ②above, average awake,wake①awake 用作及物或不及物动词，表示“叫醒，唤醒；醒来” ；而 wake 表示相同意义时，必须与 up 连用，对比： The noise awoke me./The noise woke me up. 嗓音把我闹醒。

She usually awakes at six in the morning./She usually wakes up at six in the morning. 她通常早 上 6 点醒。

注意：awake 不与 up 连用；wake up 的宾语是人称代词时必须置于两个词之间。误：wake up him正：wake him up ②awake 还可用作形容词，只用作表语或后置定语，不能用作前置定语。其反义词是 asleep.如： Is he awake or asleep?他睡着了还是醒着？ Anyone awake heard the sound.任何醒着的人都听到了那个声音。

注意：wide/fully awake 完全醒着；sound/fast/deeply asleep 熟睡 [应用]完成句子 ①他醒来时，他母亲在他的旁边。When he_______,his mother was beside him. ②我彻夜未眠，一直在考虑这个问题。I have lain_______all night thinking of the problem. ③他突然醒了， 好象有人叫他的名字。

He ______ _______suddenly,as if someone had called his name. ④她睡着的时候谁也叫不醒他。No one can_______ _______ ________when she is asleep. Key:①awoke ②awake ③woke up ④wake,her,up battle, war, fight, struggle war 指战争的总体；battle 指 war 中的战斗或战役；fight 指具体的人与人之间或动物之间的争斗； struggle 指长时间、激烈的争斗，多指肉体、精神上的战斗。对比： We have had two world wars in this century.本世纪已有两次世界大战。

They were wounded in the battle.他们在战斗中受了伤。

We have started a fight against pollution. 我们已开始了一场消除污染的斗争。His life was a hard struggle with sickness.他一生跟疾病作了艰苦的斗争。

[应用]英译汉 ①in time of war ②be at war③declare war on…④fight a battle ⑤give/offer battle Key:①战时②交战，在打仗 ③对……宣战④打一仗挑战 ⑥have a hand-to-hand fight⑤肉搏战 伴随状语可用现在分词也可用过去分词 He put a finger in his mouth, tasted it and smiled, looking rather pleased. 本句有三个并列谓语，looking 部分为伴随状语。

例题 1）He held up his finger ,_______ a face and nodded his head.A．making B. made答案：B.此题有 and ，需连接并列结构，所填词的形式应与前后保持一致。

2) He sat there in silence, _______sad and doing nothing.A. looking looked 答案：A.此题 and 之后 ing 形式，其前面也应该用 ing 形式，而不能与前面的 sat 并列。

3)He sat there in silence ,______ nothing.A.doing 答案：A.此题才是在逗号之后，需要伴随状误。

4)He set out early, ________ there on time .A.arriving B. and arrived B.did B.答案：B.此题两种选项从形式看都有可能，但根据意思看， “到达”并不伴随“出发”的动作，而是明显 地有先有后。

5)He made a smile, _____ with the result. A. satisfying B. satisfied答案：B.伴随状语可用现在分词也可用过去分词，此处表示“感到满意”的一种状态，而 satisfying 表 示令人满意的，此时的 satisfied 是过去分词，而不是过去式。

be about to do sth. 正要、即将做某事。是将来时的一种表达方式，表示最近的将来。

①I was about to go to bed when he called.我正要去睡觉，这时他打来了电话。

②When I saw Tom, he was about to get on the bus.我看到汤姆，他正要上汽车。

注意：be about to 通常不用于带有具体时间状语的句子，但可用 be going to 表示。

①Hurry up! They are about to start.快点！他们就要走了。

②Hurry up! They are going to start at 10 o’clock.快点！10 点钟他们就要走了。

be ahead of该词组有两层意思，一是“优于” ， “超过” ；二是“比……早” ， “在……的前面” 。如： He is well ahead of all the other students in English. be angry with sb.生某人的气。

be angry at/about sth.因某事而生气。

①Don’t be angry with me for my being late?不要因为我迟到而生我的气。

②What are you angry about?你生什么气？ ③He was angry at being kept waiting for so long.让他等了这么久，他很生气。

be certain…; be sure be uncertain about 意思是“对……不确定（没把握） ” uncertain 的词根是 certain,意思是“确信的，有把握的” ，常用于以下结构： (1)be certain(sure) to do sth.“肯定会做……” （表示某事将要发生） 。如： He is certain(sure) to come next Sunday. (2)be certain(sure) of/ about sth.“确信、有把握” （表示某个人的思想状态） 。如： We are certain/ sure of victory. (3)名词从句作主语时，一般多用 certain. It is certain that he will come. be different from 与……不同 Your idea is different from mine. 你的想法和我的不同。对比：make sb./ sth. different from 使某人/某物不同于…… Her special accent makes her different from others. be familiar with,be familiar to be familiar with 的主语是有生命的事，意为“某人对人、事熟悉” ；be familiar to 的主语是无生命的 事物，意为“某人/事为某人所熟悉” ，对比:He is very familiar with the names of plants in English. 他很熟悉植物的英语名称。Suzhou and Hangzhou are familiar to many foreigners.苏州和杭州为许 她特殊的口音使她与众不同。多外国人所熟悉。

I’m not familiar with European history./European history is not familiar to me. 我对欧洲历史不 太熟悉。

注意：be familiar with/to 还表示“精通、通晓”如：French is as familiar to him as English.他对法语就象对英语一样精通。

[应用] 一句多译①这些事实是每个学生都熟悉的。②她精通 4 种语言。

Key:①These facts are familiar to every schoolboy./Every shoolboy is familiar with these facts. ②She is familiar with four languages./Four languages are familiar to her. be filled with = be full of 充满，装满如： The bottle is filled with water .瓶子里装满了水。

注意：Filled with courage , he went into the cave .此处 filled 表示“充满了的”指处于一种状态。

比较：be crowded with 挤满的，与 be filled with 有所不同。如： The room is crowded with guests.房间里挤满了客人。

此外，fill 作为动词可用其主动形式，亦可构成另外短语。如： Fill the bottle with sand .把瓶子装满沙子。

Fill in the blanks .填空。

be full of…→be filled with…充满… ①The classroom was full of students.教室里挤满了学生。

②Her eyes were full of tears.她眼泪汪汪的。

be likely to 易于……；有可能的. 后跟动词不定式，往往用在一时的情形。

I shall be likely to catch cold if I go out tonight without my overcoat. 如果今晚不穿大衣出去，我 会感冒的。

Is that magazine likely to interest you? be of…结构小结 那本杂志对你有吸引力吗？(1)be of + 表示年龄 （age） 、 大小 （size） 、 颜色 （color） 、 重量 （weight） 、 高度 （height） 、 价格 （price） 、 意见（opinion） 、形状（shape） 、种类（kind）和方法（way）等名词，说明主语的特征，of 表示“具 有”之意，有时可省去。例如： They are both of middle height.他俩都是中等个儿。

When I was of your age, I was a teacher.当我是你这个年龄时，我当老师了。

These flowers are of different colors.这些花朵颜色不同。

Tom is of a different way of thinking.汤姆的思维方式与别人不同。

注意：此结构中，如果 of 后面的名词前有不定冠词 a/an，则 a/an=the same.例如： The two boys are of an/the same age.这两个男孩同龄。

These bottles are of a/the same size.这些瓶子大小一样。

(2)be of + 物质名词，表示主语是由某材料制成或某成分构成，相当于 be made of, be built of 或 be made up of 等。例如： The necklace is(made)of glass.这项链是玻璃制的。

The bridge is (built)of stone.这桥是由石头构筑的。

Our class is (made up)of over 50 students. 我班有 50 多个学生。

(3)be of + 抽象名词（如 value, importance,use, help 等） ，of 表示“具有、具备”等意思，of 不能 省，这一结构相当于 be+该抽象名词相应的形容词。例如： They are of great help/ very helpful to learners of English. 他们对英语学习者来说是很有帮助的。

In fact, sports and games can be of great value/very valuable.事实上体育运动是很有价值的。

The book is of no use/useless to us.这书对我们无用。

It is of great importance/very important to study English.学习英语很重要。

因此，根据上述(1),(2)点可以看出，课文句中第一个 be of 结构表示“具有” ，第二个 be of(承前省去 be)表示“由……制成的” 。全句汉语意思为： “硬币的大小、重量、形状可能各不相同，并由不同的金属 制成。

”be on on 表明所处的状态，意为“为…工作，在……服务”可用 be a member of, work for, belong to 替换。

I’m on the school team.我属于校队。

She is on Times newspaper.她在时代报社工作。

[应用]完成句子，上下句同意 ①Which team do you belong to ?Which team______you_____? ②She is a member of the city team.She______ ______ the city team. Key: ①are,on ②is, on be out; put out be out 指“ （灯、火）熄灭” ，强调状态。

put out 意为“熄灭、扑灭” ，强调动作。如： Is the fire out ? Office workers tried to put out the fire, but it was impossible to control it. be remembered as…作为……而被人们怀念 He will always be remembered as a national hero. be seated 意为“坐下” （=sit down）,是正式用语，而 sit down 是非正式用语。

如：Please be seated, ladies and gentlemen. be up to to 是介词，后接名词、代词或动名词。这一短语有以下几个常用意思： （1）从事于、忙于，有时含有“密谋干坏事”之意。如： What is he up to now?他现在在干什么？ He is up to no good.他没干好事。

（2）由……负责，常用 It 作主语。如： It’s up to you to decide whether to go or not.是去还是不去由你决定。It’s up to us to give them all the help we can.我们理应尽力帮助他们。

（3）胜任、适于。如： He is not up to his work.他不胜任他的工作。

（4）直到、以至。如： up to now 直到现在 Between the hours of midnight and 6 a.m.，the hurricane crossed the southeast corner of England with winds of up to 160km/h.从午夜时分到清晨 6 点之间，飓风横扫英格兰的东南角，风速 高达每小时 160 公里。

because;because of 二者均表示“因为” ，区别是： because 是从属连词引导原因状语从句；而 because of 是一个合成介词，其后接名词、代词、动名词 或 what 从句组成介词短语。如: I went back not because of the rain,but because I was tired.我回去不是因为下雨， 而是因为我累了。

Her face turned red because of what he said.他的话使她脸红了。

become experienced at 对……有经验 experienced adj.有经验的，老练的 be experienced in He’s very experienced in money matters. experience n.经验，体验（in(of)/doing） My father has ten year’s experience in teaching. beeline n.两地之间的直线；捷径（指蜜蜂采蜜后径直飞向蜂房，这条路叫 beeline） （1）make a beeline for sb./sp.走近路；走直路；向……直行 As soon as the meeting was over, he made a beeline for the pub.会议一结束，他就直接上了酒 吧。If you want to catch up with them, you’d better make a beeline for them. 如果你想赶上他们，你最好抄近路去。

（2）in a beeline 成直线地，笔直地 The pupils went to the museum in a beeline. believe in（=trust/trust in）信赖；信任；信仰 Tom is honest. I believe in him. 汤姆很诚实，我信赖他。

在这个世界上，他不相信任何人。

孩子们直接走向博物馆。He doesn’t believe in anybody in the world. We believe in socialism. ①We believe in Marxism. ②You can believe in him. ③We believe in our government. 对比：believe sb.相信某人的话是真的。

我们信仰社会主义。I believe what he said this time though he often tells lies.尽管他经常撒谎，可这次我相信他的话是 真的。

belong to 属于 无被动结构， 也不用进行时态。

下列单词和词组也无被动形式： appear, disappear, happen, take place, break out 等。

The house belongs to him.这所房子归他所有。The book belongs to my deskmate.这本书是我同 位的。

besides 作为副词，意思是“还有，而且” （moreover） ，常放在句首。如： I don ‘t want to go out for a walk. Besides, I’m feeling tired. beyond,prep. （场所） 在 （向） ……的一边， 越过……， （程度） 超出； （时间） ， 超过 （Δ 常用于否定句） ； 除……之外， ……以外。

①Go about 200 metres beyond the house and you will find the hotel on the left. ②I want to buy a bag beyond these clothes. blow ①用作动词，表示“吹风，刮风” 。如： blow hard(strongly)风刮得很大；blow away the leaves 吹走树叶；blow down(over)trees 把树刮 倒；blow in much dust 吹进灰尘；blow off one’s hat 吹掉帽子；blow out the candle 吹灭蜡烛； blow open(风吹)开；blow up 爆炸 ②用作名词，表示“打击，一击” 。如：be a great blow to sb.对某人是个巨大的打击；give sb.a heavy blow on the head 重重地打某人的头。

【应用】完成句子 ①他妻子之死对他是一大打击。His wife’s death was _______ _________ ________ ______him. ②我那顶帽子被风吹掉了。I _______my hat __________ ___________. ③风刮得厉害，门吹开了。The wind was ________ __________ and the door ________. ④战士们把敌人的大桥炸毁了。The soldiers __________ __________the enemy’s bridge. Key:①a ,great, blow, to block ①用作名词，意为“块；街区；阻塞。

”如： a block of ice/stone/wood 一大块冰/石头/木头；two blocks 两个街区；a block in traffic/a traffic block 交通堵塞。

②用作动词，表示“阻塞，阻拦” 。如： be blocked by the heavy snow 被大雪堵塞，block the entrance 堵塞入口；Block!(路标)此路不通！ 【应用】完成句子 ①道路被人群挤得水泄不通。The road_______ _______with crowds of people. ②had, blown, off③blowing, hard, blew, open ④blew, up②那家旅馆同这里隔着两条街。The hotel is __________ _________ __________. ③他们用石块将洞口堵住。They ________ (up)the entrance to the cave with big rocks. ④有人在妨碍我们实施计划。Someone is _________our plan. Key:①was, blocked 倍数的表示法 1）…times as…as“……是……的几倍” ； Asia is four times as large as Europe.亚洲的大小是欧洲的 4 倍。

2）…times +形容词/副词比较级+that: The new building is four times higher than the old one.新楼比旧楼高 4 倍。

3）…times+the size/height/length/depth+of… The earth is 49 times the size of the moon.地球是月亮大小的 49 倍。

The ball is twice the width of our classroom.舞厅是我们教室宽度的 2 倍。

4）…times+what 从句： The production now is three times what it was ten years ago. 现在的生产是 10 年前的 3 倍。

[应用]选择正确答案 ①After the new technique was introduced,the factory produced_____tractors in 1988 as the year before.(MET’90) A．as twice many B.as many twiceC.twice as many D.twice many as ②two, blocks,away③blocked ④blocking②The population of China is_____than that of America. A.larger five times B.five times larger C.five times as D.as five times Key:①C ②Bbegin(…)with…从……开始（…） ①Knowledge begins with practice.知识来自实践。

②Let’s begin(this unit) with the words and expressions.咱们从单词和短语开始学（这个单元） 。besides/except/but besides 用作介词时,表示“除……以外还有”之意，即所除去的东西要包括在内。用作副词时，表示“此 外，而且” except 表了“除……之外”所除去的东西不包括在内。

but 只能用在 no,all,nobody,anything,anywhere 等词之后。

如：Besides knowing some Greek,she was fluent in Italian. 她除了懂些希腊语之外，意大利语也说 得很流利。

Do you play other games besides tennis?除网球之外，你还进行其他的运动吗？ It wasn’t a good hotel;besides,it was very expensive.这不是一家好旅馆，况且房价也很贵。

Harrison had thought of everything except the weather.哈利森什么事情都考虑到了，惟独没有考 虑到天气。

Under the soil there is nothing except/but sand.土壤下面只有沙子。

比较级 + and + 比较级 more and more countries 越来越多的国家；fewer and fewer students 越来越少的学生；less and less time 越来越少的时间；more and more beautiful 越来越漂亮；get thinner and thinner 变得 越来越瘦； fly higher and higher 飞得越来越高； run more and more slowly 跑得越来越慢， become stronger and stronger 越来越强大; [应用]汉译英 ①越来越多的人认识到学好一门外语的重要性。

②飞机飞得越来越高直到看不见了。

Key: ①More and more people realize the importance of learning a foreigh language well. ②The plane flew higher and higher until it was out of sight. 表示“大约”about,around,some,or so 均可来表示“大约” 。前三个词通常放在被修饰成分之前，而 or so 多置于 其后。如： about one hundred students 大约 100 名学生； at around eight o’cloch 在大约八点钟； some twenty years ago 大约二十年前； [应用]一句多用：这件设备重 10 吨左右。

Key:This piece of equipment weighs some 10 tons. This piece of equipment weighs 10 tons or so. This piece of equipment weighs about (around)10 tons. 表示“决心、决定做”的几个用法 1)decide to do 决定做 We decided to put off the trip to the U.S.我们决定推迟美国之行。

2)make a decision to do ： He has made a decision to buy a new computer.他已决定买一台新电脑。

3)make up one’s mind to do The doctor made up his mind to go abroad for further education. 那位医生决定出国深造。

4)determine to do We have determined to get the work done before National Day. 我们已决定国庆节前完成这项工 作。

5)be determined to do He is determined to give up smoking.他决心戒烟。

6)decide that……(从句中动词用 should + 动词原形) We decided that we should widen the road.我们决定拓宽这条路。

[应用]一句多译：这位年轻科学家决心继续自己的研究。Key: The young scientist was determined to go on with his research./He determined to go on with his research./He decided that he should go on with his research./He made up his mind to go on with his research./He made a decision to go on with his research./He decided to go on with his research. 表示“宁愿、想要某人做某事” 下列句型均可表示 “宁愿、 想让某人作某事” ： would like sb.to do sth.;would prefer sb.to do sth.;like sb.to do sth;want sb.to do sth.;would rather that sb.did sth. 对比：would like/love to do sth.喜欢、宁愿做某事；prefer to do sth.宁愿做；would rather do sth. 宁愿做；would like/love not to do sth.不想做；would rather not do sth.宁愿不做……；prefer not to do sth. 不想做； would rather do sth.than do sth. 宁愿做某事而不做某事； p11refer to do sth.rather than do sth.宁愿做某事而不做某事。

[应用]①一句多译 我想让我儿子学医。②选择正确的答案 Little Jim should love_______to the theatre this evening. (MET’92) A.to be taken Key: I would like my son to study medicine./I’d love my son to study medicine,/ I would rather that my son studied medicine./ I like my son to study medicine./I want my son to study medicine./I would rather that my son studied medicine. ②A 表示态度、语气的短语归纳 generally speaking 一般说来； strictly speaking 严格说来； honestly speaking 诚实地说来； B.to take C.being taken D.takingpersonally speaking 就我个人而言；exactly speaking 准确地说来。to tell you the truth 说实话；to be honest 老实说；believe it or not 信不信由你；judging from his appearance 从他的相貌来说 [应用]完成句子 ①严格说来，加拿大英语和美国英语并不完全一样。_____ ____,Canadian English is not just the same as American English. ②老实说我不赞同你的想法。_______ _______ ________,I can’t agree to your idea. ③一般地说，青年人喜欢流行音乐。___________,young people enjoy pop music. Key:①Strictly,speaking②To,be,honest③Generally, speaking 表示“没必要做某事”的 4 种句型 ①There be no need(for sb.) to do sth. ②It be not necessary(for sb.)to do sth. ③主语+don’t/ doesn’t/ didn’t have to do sth. ④主语+needn’t+动词原形 [应用]一句多译：我们没有必要再等了。

Key:There is no need for us to wait. It’s not necessary for us to wait. We don’t have to wait. We need not wait. 表示“祝愿”的几种句型 ①名词短语（+to you）:Happy birthday to you! 祝你生日快乐。

Best wishes for Teachers’Day.祝教师节愉快。

②All the best.祝万事如意。

All the best with your family.祝全家好。All the best in your study/business.祝你学习/事业顺利。

③主语+wish+sb.+名词/形容词 I wish you happy.我祝你幸福。

We wish you greater progres.我们祝你取得更大进步。

④I hope+that 从句： I hope you’ll enjoy being with us.我们希望你和我们在一起很高兴。

⑤部分祈使句也可表祝愿： Remember me to your family.代我向你全家问好。

Send best wishes to him.向他问好。

break 小结 break 一词常用搭配有： （1）break out(战争、火灾、争吵、瘟疫等)爆发 A big fire broke out in the city last week. (2)break away from 脱离 A carriage(车厢)broke away from the train. (3)break the law 违反法律 Who breaks the law will be punished by the law. (4)break in 破门而入；打断He broke in to say that he was not interested in what I was talking about. (5)break down 损坏；中断 Her fridge has broken down for a long time. (6)break off 打断；结束；暂停 They were arguing(争论)but broke off when someone came into the room. (7)break into 闯入；侵入Thieves broke into my house when I was out. break off 该短语动词的意思是“中断说话” ， “暂时停止” 。如： He broke off in the middle of a sentence. break sth.off/break off sth. with sb. 前者意为“ （使）折断” ，后者意为“与某人突然断绝（关系） ” 。如： The mast broke off /was broken off when the ship was moving. break out(战争、火灾、疾病、瘟疫等的)爆发 ①The American Civil War broke out in 1861. ②Fire broke out in the neighbour last night. break out in (into)…忽然（做出）…… break out in laughter 突然放声大笑 break in (强盗等)强行闯入 break into 闯入；打碎（打破）成…… break up 分开，分割 bring 短语归纳 bring down(风)刮倒，降低（降落） ；bring up 养大，呕吐；bring about 带来，引起；bring along 捎来，带来，bring back 归还；bring out 拿出；bring in 赚（钱） ，带进，传入；bring on 端上（饭 菜） ，引起（火灾） ，使……成长； [应用]副词填空 ①He felt terribly ill and brought ______ what he ate. ②Surely the new railway will bring __ many changes in this less developed area. ③Next time you come to China, be sure to bring ______your friends. ④All the library books must be brought_______ before June20.⑤Selling newspapers brings ______ enough money for my schooling. ⑥Enough water can bring the rice _______ . Key: ①up ②about ③along ④back ⑤in ⑥on bring/take/fetch(get)/carry ①bring 向着说话人的地方“带来；拿来” 。

②take 由说话人的地方“带走；拿去” 。

③fetch(get)由说话人的地方“去拿来、带来” ，指往返双程。

④carry“携带；搬运；运送” ，无方向性。

bring in 把……拿进来；收获；赚入……；获利They bring in one million dollars a year from their new company. broadcast vt.;vi.广播;播放。过去式和过去分词均为 broadcast。

①The BBC broadcasts every day.BBC 每天都广播。

②The news was broadcast on the radio.这个消息是收音机里播送的。

burst into tears 该动宾短语，理解的重点是不及物动词 burst 的意思及其分词或副词连用的结构形式和意思。

burst 是及物动词或不及物动词，意为“ （使）爆破” ， “胀破” 。如： ①He put too much air into the balloon and it burst. ②The funny joke made the children burst their sides with laughing. burst 由原意引伸出表示空发性的动作，意为“突然发生” ， “突然发作” 。常构成一些短语，如： burst into tears/laughter(突然大哭/大笑) burst into song(突然唱起歌来) burst into angry speech（大发雷庭） burst into bloom(开花) burst into view/sight（景象，奇观的）突然出现burst into the room(闯入房间) burst out/forth laughing(捧腹大笑) burst out/forth crying（突然大哭） 如:On hearing the sad news, she burst into tears. Busy be busy doing sth. 该结构意为“忙于做某事” 。应注意的是 be busy 后只能接动词-ing 形式，不能接动词不定式 to do, 相同结构的形容词还有 worth。如： ①He is busy writing his composition. ②She keeps busy working on a new novel these weeks. ③This book is well worth seeing. but prep. 除…之外。与 except 同义，除了的部分与其他部分不在一个范围内，不具有一致性。except 适用场合较多，but 主要用于带有 nothing/nobody/no one/all 等不定代词的句子。

①No one except/but you was late.除你之外没有迟到。

（你迟到了） ②We all went to see a film yesterday evening except/but you.除你之外作天晚上我们都去看电影 了。

（你没去） ③That window is open except in winter .除冬天外那窗户一直开着。

（冬天不开）另外，but 后可接 不不定式。如果句子前面有实义动词 do 及其变化形式时，不定式不带 to; 否则不定式带 to . ①I did nothing yesterday evening but watch TV.昨天晚上除看电视外我什么也没干。

②He had no choice but to leave.他只得离开。

注意：besides 也是介词，意为“除……之外（还有） ” 。除了的部分和其他部分在同一个范围内，具有 一致性。

①We all went to see a film yesterday evening besides you.除你之外昨天晚上我们也都去看电影 了。

（你和我们都去了）②Who is going there with Tom besides you? 除你之外还有谁和汤姆一起去？ but for 该短语介词意为“要不是……” ，后接名词（=without + n.）,but for…短语相当于一个虚拟条件句，因 此，句中谓语动词用虚拟语气。如： The boy would have drowned but for your help. 如果接的是句子，but for 要换用成 but that…如： He would have helped us but that he was short of money at the time.(= if it had not been the fact that he was…) Buy “我的金项链花了 2500 元”有多种译法：by prep. 乘……。用来表示方式，其后的名词为单数，且不加冠词。

例如 by bike/bus/ car /taxi/train//road/railway/land/boat/ship/ water/ sea/ plane/air 但： “步行”用 on foot. 注意：若表示交通工具的名词前有限定词，则将 by 改作 in 或 on. in one’s/the car/ bus/plane etc. on the bike by name该介宾词组的意思是“名叫……” ； “凭名字” 。如： ①He met a man, John by name. ②I knew him only by name. by one’s first marriage 通过或由于某人的第一次婚姻 介词 by 有许多含义，在此处意为“通过” ，相当于 through。

He left by the first train. 他乘第一次列车离开了。

The electricity supply is operated by a switch.供电由一个开关控制。

by the age of/at the age of,by 到……时为止。表示的是一段时间，句子通常用完成时态。

at 在……时候。表示的是具体时间点，句子通常用一般时态。

①By the age of ten,he had learned to play the piano.10 岁的时候，他就学会了弹钢琴。

②He was very clever.and at the age of 15 he went to college. 他非常聪明，15 岁时上大学了。

③By the end of this term,we’ll have learned 2000 English words.到本学期末，我们将学会 2000 个英语单词。

④At the end of this term,we’ll hold an English party.在本学期末，我们 将举行一次英语晚会. call 短语 动词.call 所构成的短语很多，现将在中学课上的常出现的由 call 所构成短语的意义和用法列出。

(1)call at 指短期访问某地：顺便去某处。

We called at the park when we stayed in the city. 我们在那个城市时顺便去了那个公园。

(2)call on 的意思“正式拜访某人” ；此外，它还有“号召”之意。如： They called on the famous scientist.他们拜访了那个著名科学家。

The Party calls on us to learn from Comrade Lei Feng.党号召我们向雷锋同志学习。

(3)call to“大声呼唤、招呼、呼求” 。如：They called to us for help. 他们向我们呼求援助。

(4)call for 可作“要求、需要、提倡” ，还可作“邀约”解。如： This is a problem that calls for immediate solution.这是个要求立即解决的问题。

I’ll call for you then and we go there together.到时我来叫你，我们一起去哪儿。

(5)call in 有“召来、召请、召进”之意。

You’d better call in a doctor.你最好请一位医生来。

(6)此外，call back 有“叫回来、收回”之意；call off 有“叫出去、叫走”之意；call after 可作“追 在后面叫喊”和“以某人的名字命名”之意。

can/may/must 表推测的用法 can, may, must 等都可用于表推测，但它们的含义和用法不同。

must 语气最肯定，指“一定、必定” ，只用于肯定句中。

“ must+动词原形”表示对现在情况的推测； “must + have + done ”表示对过去情况的推测。如： Mum must be cooking supper now.妈妈现在一定在做晚饭。

He must have finished his work.他一定完成他的工作了。

May/might 表示“或许，可能” 。如： Tom may go abroad next year.汤姆明年可能要出国。

She might have finished the work.她可能已完成这项工作了。

He can’t know the answer.他不可能知道这个答案。

can/could 表示“可能，会” ，我用于否定和疑问句中。如： Could she he at home?她可能在家吗？ can,表示一时的情况，意为“有时侯会……” 。

can 的这种用法，只用在肯定句中。如： Children are lovely, but they can be tiring. Training by yourself in a game can be highly dangerous.carry 短语归纳 carry away 拿走，带走；carry on(with)one’s work 继续工作；carry on a struggle/fight 开展斗 争；carry on a big business 经营大生意；carry out a plan/order/promise/instructions/one’s duty/an experiment/advices/tests 执行计划/执行命令/履行诺言/执行指示/履行职责/做实验/按建议 办/进行试验；be carried up into space 被发射升空。

[应用]介、副词填空 ①It’s often easier to make plans than it is to carry them______. ②Let’s stop here. We’ll carry________ the conversation tomorrow. ③Carry the baby _______. It’s dangerous here. ④Rising costs made it hard to carry ________ the business. ⑤They decided to carry ________ though the weather was bad. Key:①out ②on ③away ④on ⑤on carry out 搬出；进行，实行，执行 ①Would you please carry the chairs out? The plan should be carried out at once. It was important to carry out the work quickly.赶快进行这些工作是重要的。

He did not carry out his promise to us. 对我们他没有实现他的诺言。用 out 构成的短语：look out 向外看，小心 work out 算出来，实行。

leave out 遗漏，忽视 take/bring out 拿出来 thinking out 想出 hold out 伸出，支持，抵抗到底 case 用法小结 (1)名词 case 的词意 ①意为“情形、情况” 。

If that’s the case, you’ll have to work much harder.如果是那种情形的话，你将不得不更加努力地工作。

②意为“病例、案例” 。

There were seven cases of cholera.有 7 起霍乱的病例。

The civil case will be heard in court next week. 这一案件将于下星期审理。

③意为“箱、盒、容器” 。

John bought a case of beer.约翰买了一箱啤酒。

(2)由 case 构成的短语 ①in case 意为“因为可能发生某事、以防万一” ，是介词短语，在句中作状语，常可置于句尾；也可用 做连词，后跟 that 从句(that 常省略)，表示条件或目的，从句谓语习惯用 should+动词原形(should 常 省略)或陈述语气。

It may rain—you’d better take an umbrella( just)in case(it does).可能下雨——你最好带把雨伞， 以防万一。

In case(=If)he arrives before I get back, please ask him to wait. 如果他在我回来之前到，请让他等一下。

He doesn’t dare to leave the house in case(that)he should be recognized. 他不敢出门，生怕被 认出来。

②in that case 意为“既然那样、假若是那样的话” ，用来承接上文。

In that case, you wouldn’t have a pan on fire. You’d have a house on fire！ 要是那样，你就不光使锅着火，你还会把房子烧起来。

You don’ t like the job? In that case why don’ t you leave?你不喜欢这份工作？那你怎么不辞掉呢？ He may be late. In that case we ought to wait for him.他可能迟到，因此我们应该等他。

③in any case 意为“无论如何、总之” 。

We have to help him to pay the debt in case.我们无论如何要帮他还债。

④in no case 意为“在任何情形下决不、无论如何都不” ，用于句首时句子要进行部分倒装。In no case shall I forget the expression on her face.我决不会忘记她脸上的表情。

⑤in case of sth.意为“若发生某事、如果、假如” ，是短语介词，后接名词、代词、 -ing 形式作宾语。

In case of fire, ring the alarm bell.遇火警时立即按警铃。

In case of rain（=In case it rains）,they can’t go.要是下雨，他们就走不了了。

In case of his being absent, we’ll put off the meeting till next week.如果他缺席，我们就会把会 议推迟到下周。

⑥in the case of 意为“至于、就……来说” ，是短语介词。

In the case of your debt, I’ll pay it off for you.至于你的欠款，我会替你还清的。

catch fire; on fire catch fire 意为“着火” ，表示动作。on fire 意为“着火、在燃烧” ，表示状态。如： Suddenly a pan of oil catches fire. Soon the whole floor was on fire and it was impossible for people on the floors above to escape. cause n.（大家为之奋斗的）事业 Helping the poor is a worthy cause. 帮助穷人是一项有价值的事业。

世界和平是他为之奋斗的事业。World peace is the cause he works for.cause v.导致，引起 1）接名词：cause an accident/trouble/death/a fire/a serious illness/damage 引起事故/惹麻 烦/导致死亡/引起大火/导致重病/造成损害 2）接双宾语：cause sb.pain/trouble/damage 给某人带来痛苦/麻烦/损害 3）接复合宾语：cuase sb. to do sth 使某人做某事 The sound caused me to jump back. 那声音吓得我向后退。[应用]完成句子 ①什么使她改变了计划？ What _______ _______ ______ _______her plan? ②地震使所有的楼房倒塌了。

The earthquake ________ all the buildings ________ _______. Key:①caused,her,to,change ②cuased,to,fallcertain 某（些） ，仅作形容词用法。

①He didn’t come for a certain reason. ②A certain person called on me yesterday. ③She will do it on certain conditions. some 也可以作此意讲，但前面无冠词 ①He is living at some place in East Africa. ②I’ve read that story before in some book of other. chance 1)用于短语： give sb.a chance 给某人一次机会； have a chance to do sth.有机会做； miss a chance 错过机会； lose a chance 失去机会； 2)用于句型： The chance is that…/ The chances are that…表示“有可能……” （句型中的 The 和 That 可省略） 。

如： The chance is (that)she’s already heard the news. 可能她已听到那则消息了。Chances are that the new machine will arrive tomorrow. 新机器可能明天到。

3）后接 of 或 that 从句表示“可能性” 。如： He has no chance of winning the match.他不可能赢得这次比赛。

There is a chance that I will see him.我有可能见到他。

[应用]一句多译： 那里有可能藏着蛇。

The chances are that there is a snake over there. There is a chance of a snake hiding there. There is a chance that a snake is over there. change one’s mind 该动宾词组意为“改变主意” ，其中 mind 常用单数形式。如： If one always change one’s mind, he succeeds in nothing. check out 清点；结账；核实；检查；开票提款 Ask him to check the information out for us.请他为我们核实一下信息。

We’d better check the whole room out in case it has been bugged . 我们最好检查一下整个房间以免有蛀虫。

The trainees checked out all right. 这些培训学员完全合格。

She checked out 6000 dollars.她提款 6000 美元。

come true 成为现实、实现 表示变化过程的系动词有：become,get,turn,而 be 表状态 区别：①He became(get,turned)angry when hearing the news.听到那消息他生气了。

（从不……到 生气）②He was angry, because he heard some bad news. 他生气是因为听到不好的消息。

常用的单位量词 a piece of diary 一则日记；a sheet of paper 一张纸；a suit of clothes 一套服装；an article of clothing 一件衣服；a crowd of people 一群人；a basin of water 一盆水;a block of wood 一块木头；a cake of soap 一块肥皂； a bottle of ink 一瓶墨水；a grain of sand 一粒沙子；a group of tall trees 一片高树；a team of players 一队运动员； a copy of China Youth 一分 《中国青年》 ； a drop of oil 一滴油； a loaf of bread 一块面包；a pack of cigarettes 一包烟；a pair of socks 一双短袜；a tin of beer 一罐啤酒；a set of equipment 一套设备；a bucket of water 一桶水；a couple of eggs 两个鸡蛋；a pile of old books 一堆旧书；a bowl of rice 一碗米饭；a handful of sand 一把（少量的）沙 注意：上述单位量词本身具有复数形式，亦可被具体数字修饰，句中的谓语多用复数形式。

[应用]汉译英 ①搬家时成堆的旧书被卖掉。

②三条重要新闻刊登在头版。

Key:①Piles of old books were sold when we moved. ②Three pieces of important news were printed in the front page. 常用合成形容词构成形式； (1) adj+n.+ed：cold-blooded 冷血的 middle-aged 中年的 simple-minded 头脑简单的，纯朴的 The white-haired girl was named Xi’er. 那个白毛女叫喜儿。

The milddle-aged woman is warm-hearted and is always willing to help others. 那位中年妇女是个热心肠，总是乐意助人 (2) n. +pres.p.（现在分词） ：English-speaking 说英语的 man-eating 吃人的(3) n. + adj：snow-white 雪白的 world-famous 世界闻名的 (4)num.（数词）+n.+ed：four-legged 四条腿的 nine-storeyed 九层的 (5) n.+ past p.（过去分词） ：man-made 人造的 (6) adj.+ pres. p.：good-looking 好看的 (7) adv. + past. P. ：well-known 著名的 chief/ main 两者都有“主要的” 、 “首要的”之意，但有区别。

chief 主要用于人，表示“为首的，有最高地位或权力的” 。

main 一般说明事与物，可指某些具体的或抽象的东西。如： He is the chief policeman. 他是警长。

This is our main teaching building. 这是我们的主教学楼。

clear (1)用作形容词，表示“清楚的，明白的” 。如： in a clear voice 以清楚的声音； be clear about sth.对……清楚，明白； be clear to sb.对某人来说很清楚； make one’s meaning clear 说明自己的意思； 注意两个句型：A：make it clear that…声明，说明；B.It’s (was)clear that…很明显（清楚）……。

（2）用作动词，表示“清除，清理，使干净” 。如： clear one’s room/a table/a street/the desk 整理房间/收拾桌子/清扫大街/整理书桌； clear away the dishes/waste 把餐碟收走/把垃圾清除 （3）clear up 的三个意义： A.表示“清理，收拾，解决” 。如：The dustmen were busy clearing up the snow on the road. 清洁工正在清除路上的积雪。

This book has cleared up many problems for me. 这本书给我解决了许多难题。

B．表示“ （天气）转晴” 。如： It’s snowing now, but I think it will clear up soon. 现在正在下雨，但是我想天气很快会晴的。

C．表示“露出喜悦的心情” 。如： Her face cleared up as she read the letter. 她看信的时候面露喜色。

［应用］完成句子 ①她对下一步干什么十分清楚。

She is _________ _________what to do next. ②很清楚敌人是不会放弃他们的计划的。

________ _______ _______that the enemy wouldn’t give up their plan. ③他明确表示他要离职。

He _________ _________ ________that he would leave office. ④在离开办公室以前，请把你的桌子整理一下。

_________ ________your desk before you leave the office. Key:①clear,about ②It, is, clear ③make , it clear ④Clear,upclear up（天气）放晴，使明了，收拾整理，解决，了结 The sky cleared up just after the rain. 雨过天晴。

Don’t expect me to clear up after you. 别期望我在你后面收拾东西。

（收拾不要的东西）The police haven’t cleared up the murder case.警察还没查清那件谋杀案。His face cleared up as she heard the news.(引申义) 听到这个消息她脸上露出喜悦之情。

对比：clean up 打扫干净，整理，获利，赚钱 The students cleaned up the classroom after class.（打扫干净）下课后学生们打扫教室。

cloth; clothes; dress cloth 指做衣服等用的“衣料、布” 。一般作不可数名词。如: I put a piece of wet cloth around my face and lay on the floor for about two hours. 注：用于表达特殊用途的布，如“桌布、抹布”等时，cloth 用做可数名词。如： He washed a table cloth just now. clothes 意为“衣服” ，总是以复数形式出现，泛指身上穿的各部分衣着，包括上衣、裤子、内衣、背心 等。如:Look at these clothes. They are on Mrs Green’s clothes line. 注意： （1） “一件衣服” 不可说 a clothes, 应说 an article of clothing; “一套衣服” 可说 a suit(set) of clothes. (2)clothes 前不可直接用数词修饰，如不可说 three clothes. (3)clothes 前可用 these, those, the, many, few 修饰，口语中可用 much, little 修饰。

(4)chothes 作主语时，谓语动词只能用复数形式。

dress 可用于可数和不可数名词，用于可数名词时，常指妇女、儿童服装、内衣或外衣等公共场合穿的 衣服。用于不可数名词时，统指“衣服” 。该词可作动词，意为“给……穿衣” 。如： What colour is Mrs Green’s dress? He could not wash himself or get dressed. combine; connect; join; unite 此组动词意为“联合、连接” 。

combine 意为“结合、联合” ，指为了某一目的而把两事物结合在一起。如： We must combine theory with practice.我们必须把理论和实践联系起来。He combines botany with chemistry.他把植物学和化学联系起来了。

connect“连接” ，指用东西把两事物连接在一起，或两事物直接相连，二者仍保持原状。

The two cities are connected by a railway. 两座城市由铁路相连。

He connected the gas stove with gas pipe.他把煤气和接在煤气炉上。

join 意为“连接” ，指以线、绳、桥等把两物或两地连接在一起，和 connect 意思相近，也可指两物互 相紧密相接。如： We had better join the island to the mainland with a steel bridge.我们最好建一座钢筋桥把这个岛 与大陆连接起来。

Where does this stream join the Changjiang River?这条河和长江在哪里会合？ unite 意为“联合” ，指两种以上的事物结合为一体，有合二为一的意味，强调结合后的统一性。

The two companies will unite into one.这两家公司将合并成一家。

The whole family united to help him.全家齐心协力帮助他。

come about: happen 产生；发生。相当于不及物动词，和 happen, take place 一样无被动语态。

①How did this accident come about ?这事故怎么发生的？ ②I don’t know how the quarrel came about.我不知道怎么发生的争吵。

come across=meet with(meet…by chance/accident)无意中碰到，找到，想到 Perhaps I shall come across him somewhere in the park. 也许我会在公园的某个地方遇到他。

He came suddenly across an idea. 他突然有了一个好主意。

come down 下来，流传下来，倒塌，没落，病倒，减价 The song comes down to us from the 10th century.（流传下来） 这首歌是从 10 世纪流传到我们这一代的。

The roof of the house came down during the night.我听说计算机要降价。

come out come out 是本单元需要掌握的一个重点词语，现在我们对它们的用法作一比较全面的了解。

(1)come out(= be published)出来；出版 I’ll let you have a copy of my book as soon as it comes out. 我的书一出版我就送你一本。

(2)come out (= to bloom)长出；发芽；开花； （使）开花； （使）繁盛 Spring comes, the trees turn green and flowers come out.春天来了，树变绿了，花儿开了。

(3)come out (= to appear)出现；出来 Ever since then, the bat comes out only at night.从那时起，蝙幅只在晚上出来。

(4)come out(= to win…)获得（名次） I came out first in the examination.我考试得了第一名。

(5)come out(= to become known)传出，公之于众； （秘密）泄露 The truth will come out some day.总有一天会真相大白的。

(6)come out (= to be seen, as in a photograph)（在相片等中）显示；被看见 Mary always comes out well in photos.玛丽总是很上相。

(7)come out (= to be developed)冲印；冲洗 The boss said that the photos had been come out for a long time. 老板说照片已经冲印出来很久 了。

(8)come out (= to be removed; disappear)去掉；消失 Would you please help me to make the ink in my shirt come out?你能帮我把衬衣上的墨水渍去掉 吗？ (9)come out (to be on strike; to refuse to work)罢工 The workers came out for a pay raise.工人们为增加工资而罢工。

(10)come out (= to end in the stated way)后来发现；结果是The answer to the question came out wrong.这个问题的答案后来发现是错误的。

(11)come out (= to express clearly)(意思)表达清楚 The meaning of his speech did not come out well.他讲话的意思不很清楚。

(12)come out (= to be counted)算出来；总计 The total expense（花费）comes out at 5000 yuan.总开支达五千元。

come to light 发现，暴露（= be discovered / exposed /found out / be brought to light） Much more new evidence has come to light(has been discovered/has been exposed/has been brought to light),so the judges have to sentence the man to death. 新的证据不断被发现，所以法官们不得不判这个人死刑。

When the old woman died, it came to light that she was actually very rich. 老太婆死后，人们才发现她其实很富有。

common adj.共同的；一般的；公共的 A great interest in music was common to them.他们对音乐都有共同的强列的兴趣。

The common people in those days suffered a lot.当时一般民众生活都很苦。

We work for the common good.我们为了公共利益而工作。

common ,ordinary 二者都有“普通的，平常的”的意思，但侧重点不同。ordinary 侧重表示“外表平凡，平平常常” ；而 common 指“普遍存在，经常碰到” 。对比： in ordinary dress 穿着平常的衣服； in an ordinary way 以通常的方式； an ordinary – looking man 相貌平常的人； an ordinary event 平常的一件事； common excuse 常用的借口； common knowledge 常识；common people 普通人，老百姓；have a bathroom in common 合用洗澡间。

[应用]完成句子 ①那是一首普通的舞曲。It was a piece of______dance music. ②这种天气在南方是很常见的。This sort of weather is quite _________in the south. ③这弟兄两个没有什么共同之处。These two brothers have nothing ________ _________. Key:①ordinary ②common ③in common communicate v. （1）vt.传达，传送，传染communicate information/feelings/news…to sb.把信息、感情、消息……传递/传达给某人 I’ll communicate the news to you directly. (2)vi.通讯，通话 communicate with sb.(by)用……与某人联络/沟通 We communicate with each other by telephone/letter. 拓展：communication n.[u]通讯[c]消息 pl.通讯系统 Radio and television are important means of communication. 重要工具。

Communications satellite helps the human a lot in many ways . 很大的帮助。

complete, finish 二个词都有 “完成” 之意， 但 complete 更突出使一切完备、 没有欠缺、 多指完成工程、 设计等。

而 finish 是一般用语。常用短语有：complete the work 完成工作；complete the new railway 修完铁路； complete one’s collection of stamps 完备集邮；finish one’s homework/middle school/writing the article 完成作业/中学毕业/写完文章。

注意：complete 还可用作形容词，意为“完全的，彻底的、完成了的” 。completely 是副词， “完全 地、彻底地” 。如：a complete sentence/strange/success/failure 完整的句子/完全陌生/完全成功/ 通讯卫星在很多方面对人类有 收音机和电视机是信息交流的 我们用电话/信件彼此沟通。

我会直接把消息传达给你。彻底的失败。This job is completely new to me.这项工作对我来说是完全陌生的。

[应用]单句改错 ①You have to finish to read the whole passage in five minutes. ②Professor Smith has been complete successful in working out the problem. Key:①改 to read 为 reading,因为 finish 后只能接动名词。②改 complete 为 completely。

congratulate v. 祝贺，庆贺常用短语：congratulate sb. on / upon sth. / doing sth.为某事向某人祝贺 congratulate oneself that…因……而自己庆幸 congratulations 常用于祝贺语，后可接 on，也可单独用。

I’d like to congratulate you on your success. 对你的成功我表示祝贺。

I’d like to offer my congratulations on your success. 对你的成功我表示祝贺。You really should congratulate yourself on your appearance. (= You really should congratulate that you are so handsome.) 对比：celebrate sth.庆贺某事 We’ll celebrate the New Year with a dance party. 我们将举行跳舞晚会以庆贺新年。

你真该为自己的外表而庆幸。拓展：in celebration of…庆祝…… hold a celebration 举行庆祝（会） congratulate, congratulations ①congratulate 是动词，作“祝贺、庆祝”解时，必须以被祝贺的人作宾语，构成：congratulate sb. on sth./doing sth.表示“祝贺某人……” 。另外：congratulate oneself 表示“庆幸，感到幸运” 。如： We congratulated him on his success/his having succeeded. 我们祝贺他的成功。

I congratulated myself on having escaped unhurt. 我因自己幸免于难而感到幸运。②congratulation 是名词，多用作复数形式。注意下列用法： Congratulations!（单独使用）祝贺你！ Congratulations on your success 对你的成功我表示祝贺。

Congratulations to everybody!祝贺大家！ Please accept my congratulations on your birthday. 请接受我对你的生日祝贺。

[应用]选择正确答案 We offered him our congratulations A. at B. on C. for D. of him passing the college entrance exams.(MET’93)connect 连接，把……联系起来 (1)vt. The road connects London and Edinburgh. 这条路把伦敦和爱丁堡连在一起。

The two cities are connected by a canal. 这两座城市由运河连在一起。

A good student must connect what he reads with and what he sees around him. 一个好学生必须把他所读的与所见的联系起来。

(2)be connected with 与……有关系；与……有亲戚关系 She is connected with the Smiths. 她与史密斯家有亲戚关系。

对比：join…to… Every family is joined to the world by Internet. 每个家庭由网络与世界联系在一起。

connect vt.; vi.连接；联系。

①He connected the two speakers to (with)the recorder.他把两个喇叭同录音机相连。②Many people connect China with the Great Wall.许多人把中国与长城联系在一起。

consider 用法小结 consider 是个很常用的动词，其意义不同，句型结构也不同。我们在学习中要特别注意。

（1）作“仔细考虑、深思熟虑”解，consider 可作不及物动词或及物动词。

作及动词时，后可接名词、代词、动名词作宾语，不能接动词不定式，但可以接疑问词+不定式，相当 于宾语从句。例如： Consider carefully before you decide.你要慎重考虑后再做决定。

They considered your suggestion.他们仔细考虑了你的建议。

He is considering studying abroad.他在考虑出国留学。

We are considering how to help them.我们在考虑如何帮助他们。

（2）作“将……视为、认为、以为”解。

①可用 consider+名词+（to be）名词（形容词）或 consider+名词+as+名词（形容词）结构，但当 不定式为行为动词时，不能省略，不可用于进行时。这样用时相当于 that 引导宾语从句。例如： He considers himself(to be)clever(=as clever).=He considers that he is clever. 他认为自己很聪明。

I consider him(to be)my closest friend(as my closest friend).=I consider(that)he is my closest friend.我把他视为我最亲密的朋友。

He is considered to have invented the first computer. 他被认为是最早发明计算机的人。

②还可用于 consider+it(形式宾语)+形容词+不定式结构。例如： I consider it wrong for students to smoke.我认为学生抽烟是不对的。

consider 的用法：①You should consider the question.你应该考虑这个问题。

②跟从句 He began to consider when he would get married 他开始考虑什么时侯结婚的事情。

③跟疑问词 + to do sth. He is considering how to get there in time.他正想怎么能及时赶到那儿。④跟动名词 Who considers answering the question?谁正在考虑回答这个问题？ ⑤为……着想 He always considers others before himself 他常先为别人着想。

⑥名词为：consideration(不可数) take sth. into consideration 把……考虑在内 If you want to go on holidays in Beijing,you should take the cost into consideration. 如果想到北京去度假，你应该考虑费用问题。

content (1)n.内容；目录 He always reads the contents of a book first of all.他读书总是先从目录看起。

（2）adj.满足的；甘心的 Are you content with your work?你对你的工作满意吗？ （3）vt.使（某人）满足。

The little boy contented himself with a new toy.那男孩有了新玩具就满足了。

continue v.继续They rain continued for three days.雨连续了 3 天。

They continued their game after lunch. 他们午饭后继续比赛。

He continued writing /to write late into the night. 他继续写作到深夜。The weather continued cold.天气持续寒冷。

cover 盖上；掩盖；占据（时间） （空间） ，走过（路程） ；采访。

①My mother covered the baby with a blanket. ②She tried to cover the fact that she had been to the place. ③I’m covering the accident. create; invent; discover 三者含义相近，但用法不同： （1）create“创造、创作” ，指产生出新的东西，其对象往往是精神上的，如艺术、文学作品中的人物 及新的科学领域等。例如： Shakespeare created many famous characters.莎士比亚创造了许多有名的人物。

（2）invent“发明” ，指创造出原来自然界不存在的东西，如工具、方法、手段、灯泡、汽车、电视、 合成材料等。例如： who invented the telephone?谁发明了电话？ He invented a new teaching method.他发明了一种的教学方法。

（3）discover 指“发现或找到”某种自然界本来已存在，但以前未被人类发现或认识的事物，如发现 元素、电、煤、石油、铁等矿藏以及新星、星系或科学真理等。例如： I discovered an unopened letter in the drawer.我在抽屉里发现了一封未拆的信。

crowd crowd 可用作名词，表示“人群，群” ；用作动词，表示“群集，拥挤” 。如: a crowd of children 一群孩子；crowds of books 成堆的书；a cheering crowd 欢呼的人群；crowd into 挤进；crowd in 拥入；crowd round 围在……的周围；a crowded city/train 拥挤的城市/火车； be crowded with 挤满、塞满 [应用]汉译英 ①很多村民从大门拥入，院子里很挤。②大厅里挤满了学生。

Key:①Many villagers crowded in through the gate and the yard was crowded. ②The hall was crowded with students. cut 短语归纳 1）用作动词： get one’s hair cut 理发；cut a loaf of bread in two 把一块面包一切为二；cut a figure in stone 雕 刻石像； cut the price 降价； cut the article 删节文章； cut down trees 伐树； cut down on smoking 减少吸烟；cut in 插嘴，插入，cut in with a few words 插嘴讲几句话；cut off a corner 切掉一角； cut off electricity 切断电源；cut off three sentences 删去三个句子；cut out 切掉，删掉;cut out the last part of the play 把剧本的最后一部分删掉；cut…open 切开。

2) 用作名词：the cuts on one’s arms 臂上的伤口：make big cuts 削减，降价 [应用]介、副词填空 ①Big cuts have been made____the prices of medicine. ②The strong wind cut_____the electricity of the whole city. ③The chairman spoke so fast that nobody could cut____. ④All the trees were cut_____.They will have to answer for their foolish action Key:①in ②off ③in ④down date back to / date from 追溯到（某个时期） ，起始于（某个时期） ，从……时候就存在 The tower dates back to 1173. 这座塔起始于 1173 年。

The old church dates from the first century A.d. 这座古老的教堂起始于公元 1 世纪。

My interest in stamp collecting dates from my schooldays.从学生时代起，我对集邮就开始感兴趣。

day by day 一天天地 day after day 日复一日，一天又一天 ①Day by day he seems to grow a little stronger. ②I have to do this work day after day. deal with,do with 1)二者都可表示“对付，应付，处理，安排” ，但 deal 是不及物动词，可与 how 连用；而 do 是及 物动词，只与 what 连用表示上述意义，不能单独使用。对比：We don’t know what to do with the waste materials./We don’t know how to deal with the waste materials. 我们不知道怎样处理这此废料。

What’s the best way of dealing with thieves? 对付小偷最好的办法是什么？ （此句中的 deal with 不可替换成 do with） 2)deal with 还可表示“论述，涉及到；与……相处”等意义，而 do with 无此用法。如： The books dealing with Asian problems sell well in colleges.论述亚洲问题的书在大学里很畅销。

That man is easy to deal with.这个人容易相处。

[应用]完成句子 ①你是怎么处理这类事情的？ _________did you deal with matters of this sort? What did you ________ _________matters of this sort? ②我们要处理的棘手事太多了。

There are too many difficulties for us to _________ ______. Key:①How/ do,with ②deal, with delightto one’s delight 该词组意为“使某人高兴” ，还可以表达为“to the delight of sb.” 。

能这样表达的还有 to one’s joy,to one’s surprise,to one’s sorrow 等。如： To my shame, I completely forgot our date. demand ①当可数名词“要求”用 We refused his ueasonable demands.我们拒绝了他的无理要求。

②当不可数名词用 There is a great demand for typists but(a)poor demand for clerks.打字员很抢手但是办公室职员几 乎没人需要。

③当动词用：demand+名词、代词、从句或 to do sth.如： They demanded the right to do things they like. 他们要求有做自己喜欢做的事情的权力。

The lady demanded to see our headmaster.那个女士要求见校长。

He demanded that we (should)try to finish our work on time.他要求我们按时完工。

宾语从句用虚拟语气形式，主+should+动原…… ④demand 问 “How old are you?”he demanded. 他问我“你多大啦？” depend on(=rely on)依靠；依赖；以……而定；取决于……。如： ①Whether you will succeed or not depends on how hard you work.你是否成功得看你努力的程度。

②I don’t want to depend on my parents any longer.我不想再依赖父母了。

destroy t.毁坏；破坏；毁灭。①Don’t destroy the box .It may be useful.不要弄坏这个盒子，可能还有用。

②The whole building was badly desdtroyed by the fire.整幢楼房都被大火严重烧毁了。

determine v. （1）决心、决定，其后可接动词不定式、从句或 on 引导的短语。如： We determined to get the work done before October 1.我们决定在“十一”之前完成这项工作。

She determined to go that very afternoon. Have you determined where you’re going to spend the summer vocaion?你决定在哪儿过暑假 了吗？ They determined on an early start.他们决定早动身。

He has determined on going home next week.他决定下周回家。

（2）使……决意，后接不定式或介词短语作宾补。如： What determined you to accept the invitation?什么原因使你接受这个请帖？ The situation determined him against further delay.形势使他决定不再拖延。

（3）be determined(to do sth.)下定决心；有决心，后接不定式或从句。如： He was determined to study English well.他下决心把英语学好。

I was determined not to follow their advice. We were determined that we should never allow such things to happen again.我们决定绝不允许 这类事情再次发生。

（注意从句运动用 should + 动词原形）] determine to do sth.决定（心）做…… I left him,determined never to set foot in that house again. devote…to…把……献给，把……用在 devote oneself to…致力于，献身于 be devoted to…专心致志于，献身于，忠于①Mary devotes too much time to eating. ②He has devoted his whole life to benefiting mankind. ③He devoted himself entirely to music. ④He was still devoted to the study of chemistry. ⑤He is very devoted to his wife. die out 熄灭；绝种；逐渐消失。如： ①The fire died out .火灭了。

②That talkative man’s voice died out.那个健谈的人的声音渐渐地听不见了。

2.the + 形容词（分词）表示一类人的用法。

常见的短语有： the old(young; rich; poor; learned; living…).如： The living should carry out what the dead unfinished. 活着的人（后人）应该把前人未竞事业进行到底。

3.no more than①(=noly)仅仅，不过。②两者都不。如： ①What can I do, I’m no more than a citizen. 我能怎么样，我只不过是个平民百姓。

②Tom is no cleverer than Jack.汤姆和杰克都不聪明。

但是：not more than 表示 A 不如 B（……）或不超过。如； ①My English is not better than yours. 我的英语不如你的好。

②I think you are not more than twenty years old. 我想你不满二十岁吧。

diet; food 两者都可作“食物”解。diet 指的是习惯上吃的食物或规定要吃的食物，特指维持健康的定量或定质的食物，如病人的疗养饮食。food 是一般用语。凡能吃喝的具有营养的东西都可称 food.例如： The Chinese diet is considered to be the healthiest in the world。中国的饮食被认是世界上最健康 的饮食。

Proper diet and exercise are both important to health.适当的饮食和锻炼对健康都很重要。

He is on a special diet to lose weight.他服用特别饮食以减肥。

The doctor put him on a liquid diet after operation.手术之后医生规定他吃流食。

They eat different kinds of food which change into energy. 他们吃的各种各样的食物都转化成能 量。

His food includes eggs, vegetables, fruit and some soft drinks.他的食物包括鸡蛋、蔬菜、水果和 一些软饮料。

dip into 蘸进；随便翻阅；稍稍研究 I haven’t read that book properly. I’ve only dipped into it. 我没有好好读那本书，仅随便翻阅一下。

I’ve only dipped into politics. 我对政治研究不深。

discover discover sth.发现某物；discover oneself 暴露自己的身份；discover sb. doing sth.发现某人在做某 事;discover sb./sth.to be…发现某人 （物） ……； discover + that 从句发现……常用搭配： discover one’ s mistake/an island/the truth 发现自己的错误/一座岛/事实的真相 [应用]完成句子 ①我们发现他是一位出色的舞蹈家。

We ____her _____ ____ a good dancer./We _____ that_____ ____a good dancer. ②有人发现她在偷东西。

Someone ______ ______ ______ things./Someone discovered that______ ______stealing things. Key:①discovered，to, be/discovered, she, was ②discovered,her,stealing/she,was distance n.距离；远处When they finish their talk, the two may be quite a distance from the place where they were standing.当谈话结束时，两个人离他们原来站的地方可能有相当一段距离了。

The waterfall can be heard at a distance of two miles. 在两英里外就能听到这瀑布声。

Hills are blue in the distance.远处的山呈蓝色。

The lion looks dangerous, so I decide to keep a distance away from it.狮子看起来很危险，所以我 决定离它远点儿。

What’s the distance between Beijing and Shanghai? 北京到上海之间的距离是多少？ disturb,interrupt disturb 有“打扰，扰乱，使（人）心神不宁”之意。如：disturb the sleeping child/one’s plan/the piblic peace 打扰睡觉的孩子/打乱计划/扰乱社会治安；be mentally disturbed 精神上受到影响；be disturbed about 对……感到不妥。

对比：interrupt 有“打断，打扰”之意，侧重打断。如：Don’t interrupt me while I’m busy.我 忙的时候不要打扰我。

[应用]完成句子 ①她获悉母亲得急病后感到心神不安。

She was________ ________ her mother’s sudden illness./Shewas________ _______hear of her mother’s sudden illness./She was________ ________ the news of her mother’s sudden illness. ②不要打断那位演讲者，他讲完再问你的问题。

Don’t _________ the speaker;ask your question after the meeting. Key:①disturbed, about/disturbed,to/disturbed, by ②interrupt do all sb.can to do sth.:do what sb.can to do sth.尽某人的所能做某事 all 后面为 that 所引导的定语从句，that 在从句中作宾语已被省略；can 后面为避免重复省略了 do; 后面的 to do sth.为不定式 （短语） 作目的状语。

all(that)sb.can(do)相当于宾语从句 what sb.can(do)。

①I’ll do all I can to help you.我将尽力帮助你。

②He did all he could to improve his spoken English. 他尽了最大努力来提高英语口语水平。

Do give her my regards.请一定代我她问好。

助动词 do 及其变化形式可在肯定句中用来强调动词，意为“务必；一定；的确；真的” ,加强了句子 的语气。

①Do be careful! 一定要小心 ② I do like you.我真的喜欢你。

③She does work very hard.她学习确实很努力。

④—Why didn’t you tell him?你为什么不告诉他？ —I did tell him.我告诉他了。

do sb. a favour 或 do a favour for sb.给某人帮个忙，如果有 to do sth.则常用。

do sb.the favour to do sth.如： ①I wonder if you can do me a favour?我不知道你能不能帮我个忙？（没有说干何事） ②Please do me the favour to open the door, I want to go out. 麻烦你给我开一下门，我要出去。do up 收拾（东西） 。整理、梳装打扮、系（扣）好…… ①He was so hurried that he did up his buttons wrongly. 他太着急了以致于扣错了纽扣。

②She spent a long time doing up her hair.她花了很长时间把头盘起来。

Do you think so? ① “ so ” 用 于 避 免 重 复 前 面 所 说 过 的 内 容 ， 等 于 代 替 肯 定 的 名 词 性 从 句 ， 可 与 believe,do,expect,fear,guess,hope,say,speak,suppose, think 等及 It appear…,It seems 和 I’m afraid 连用。

“Will they go to see him?” “I believe so.(?I believe[that]they will go to see him.)” ② 表 示 否 定 时 ， 用 not 代 替 so, 但 在 believe,suppose,think 等 动 词 之 后 ， 如 I don ’ t think(believe,suppose)so 等，通常仍可与 so 连用。

③不能和表示确信、疑问的词语连用。

I doubt about it.(√) I doubt so.(×) do walking 步行。

“do + 动名词”结构表示“干某事，有较灵活的译法。

do reading(读书)/washing(洗衣服)/cooking(做饭)/shopping(买东西)/cleaning(打扫除)等。

Do what I told you to . Don’t be late again. Make sure the door is shut. 让对方做或不做某事时 dozens of 几十；许多。

①She bought dozens of dresses.她买了许多衣服。

②I’ve borrowed dozens of books for my daughter.我为女儿借了许多书。

doubt v.& n.怀疑，不相信n. of…对……（抱）怀疑或悲观（态度） doubt 从句在否定句及疑问句中多跟 that引起的从句，在肯定句中多跟 whether(if)引起的从句。

①I doubt the truth of this report. ②They have never doubted of success. ③I don’t doubt that you are honest. ④Can you doubt that he will win? ⑤I doubt if that was what he wanted. 该词作名词时有以下短语 beyond(all)doubt 毫无疑问； in doubt 怀疑， 犹豫， 不肯定； no doubt 肯定地， 想必； without doubt 毫无疑问，一定地 ①The truth of the story is beyond doubt. ②I was in doubt about what to do. ③No doubt I learned a lot from that lecture. ④Without doubt these theories were all wrong. dream vi.做梦，迫切希望 As he slept, he dreamed a dream. W 他睡觉时做了一个梦。e dream of peace.我们梦想和平。拓展：dream a pleasant/sweet/horrible dream 做好梦/甜梦/噩梦 live a happy/quiet/hard/normal life 过幸福/平静/艰苦/正常的生活 die a glorious death 死得光荣 Do you dream at night?你晚上做梦吗？dream of……多用于否定句中， “做梦也没想到，从未想到过” I never dream of getting so much money. 我从未幻想过得到这么多钱。

Dream+从句 We never dreamed that the film was so long. 我们怎么也没想到这部电影这么长。

dream of 迫切希望、渴望。

People all over the world are dreaming of peace. 全世界人民都渴望和平。

dreamy(adj.)模糊的，梦幻般的 I don’t believe your dreamy words.我不信你的梦语。

动词 + aboutread about 读到有关的内容；know about 了解；learn about 得知有关……；hear about 听说过； forget about 忘记有关……；talk about 谈论；argue about 争论；chat about 闲谈；tell about 讲 述有关……；think about 考虑；write about 写有关的……；joke about 拿……开玩笑；worry about 为……担心。

[应用]汉译英 ①我已在报纸上读到了有关这次事故的情况。

②这件事我几乎忘了。

Key:①I’ve read about the accident in the newspaper. ②I almost forget about this matter. 动词+at 动词+at, 其中的 at 多表示“目标，方向” 。如： shout at 朝……喊；laugh at 嘲笑；throw at 朝……扔；shoot at 朝……射击；point at 指着；aim at瞄准；call at 拜访；stare at 盯着；glance at 一瞥；take a look at 看一眼；pull at 拉，扯；arrive at 到达；come at 朝……起来；tear at 撕，扯 [应用]完成句子 ①别对那孩子大声嚷嚷，你吓坏她了。

Don’t ________ ________ the girl. You frightened her. ②他被朋友们嘲笑了。

He _________ _________ _________ by his friends. Key:①shout, at 动词不定式的省略 为了避免重复，我们常常把作宾语、宾补和谓语动词的一部分的不定式省略，只保留动词不定式的符号 to。现将常见省略不定式的几种情况通过实例加以简析，供大家参考： (1)—How about coming to my house? —I’d love to if it doesn’t give you so much trouble. 在 hope, like, love, promise, want, wish 等词后作宾语的不定式常省略。再如： You may go if you want to. She can get a job if she hopes to. —How about going hunting with me tomorrow? —I’d like to, but I have no time. （2）Don’t close the window until I ask you to. 在 allow, ask, tell 等词后作宾语补足语的不定式常省略。再如： Don’t touch the light unless your mother allows you to. Don’t plant potatoes until the peasant tells you to. （3）He didn’t want to hand in his composition, but he had to. 在 be able to, be going to, have to, need to, enough to, used to 等后的不定式需省略。再如： ②was, laughed, atI don’t sing much, now, but I used to a lot. If you don’t want to say anything at the meeting, you don’t need to. She didn’t go out last night, because she was afraid to. 在 afraid, glad, happy, pleased, sorry 等词后作状语的不定式常省略。再如：—Will you go with me to see the film tonight? —I’ll be glad to. 动词 + off 短语 fly off 飞走；go off 离开；take off 脱下，起飞；run off 跑开；fall off 掉下；turn off 关上；get off 下来；drive off 驶离；hurry off 匆忙离开；keep off 离开，勿靠近；pay off 还清（债）put off 推 迟；send off 驱逐；set off 出发，动身；throw off 扔掉，匆忙脱衣；ring off 挂断电话； [应用]完成句子 ①此处很危险，让孩子们离开。

It’s dangerous here.______ ______ the children. ②火车刚到，一大群人正在下车。

The train has just come in, with crowds of people_____ ______it. Key:①keep ,off ②getting, off 动词 + up go up(物价等)上涨，上升；build(up)one’s health 使身体强壮；turn up 出席，到场，开大音量； divide up 分配； 分给； set up 建立； come up 走近， 发芽； pick up 拾起， 用车接， 收听 （节目） ;send up 发射；get up 起床；grow up 长大；look up 仰望，查阅；eat up 吃光；drink up 喝光；use up 用光；stay/sit up 熬夜；give up 放弃；take up 占空间，从事，开始干；keep up 保持，继续；put up 举起，建起；hang up 挂起来；hold up 举起；join up 连接起来；rise up 奋起反抗；move up 向前 移动；lift up 扶起;do up 包，捆；hurry up 赶快；call up 打电话；break up 拆散，破裂;make up 组成，化妆，编造；bring up 抚养大；dress up 打扮；add up 加起来；warm up 变暖，热身。[应用]完成句子 ①物价在天天上涨。

Prices are_____ _____ day after day. ②衣服常常挂在火炉附近。

The clothes are often_______ ______ near a fire. ③妈妈的把孩子扶起来，领走了。

The mother_____ the baby______ and took him away. ④他到乡下呆了一段时间，身体好了起来。

He went and stayed in the countryside for a period of time and _____ ______ ______ _______. Key: ①going, up②hung, up③lifted, up④built, up, his, health drop 用法归纳 drop 可用作名词“滴” ；用作不及物动词“掉下，滴下” ；用作及物动词“使掉（滴）下” 。如： a drop of blood 一滴血； drop by rop/in drops 一滴一滴地； drop from the tree 从树上掉下来； drop to the ground 落 在 地 上 ； drop the letter into the mailbox 把 信 投 进 信 箱 ； drop a handkerchief/stone 掉下手帕/石头 习语：drop in 顺便拜访；drop in on sb.顺便走访某人；drop in at his school 顺便拜访他的学校。

[应用]完成句子 ①我看见一个苹果从树上掉下来。

I saw an apple______ _______ the tree. ②他们这样做是搬起石头咂自己的脚。

In doing so they are lifting a rock to _______ ________on their feet. ③你路过的话，千万要来。

Do _______ _______ if you happen to be passing.Key: ①drop,from ②drop, it ③drop, indue to , be due to be due(to)有“应付给，应到的，预期的”之意，多用作表语，to 不定式符号；而 due to 表示“由于， 起因于”时，to 是介词，相当于 because of。如： The train is due to arrive at 12.火车应于 12 点到。

When is the ship due?船预定何时到？ The accident was due to careless driving 车祸是粗心驾车引起的。

[应用]完成句子 ①那项计划由于资金不足而失败。

The program failed ________ _________lack of money. ②希尔先生预定明天演讲两次。

Mr Hill_________ _________ ________ lecture twice tomorrow. Key:①due,to earn ①earn v.赚；得到 n. ②earn sb. sth ③earn one’s living ②is ,due, toHe earns $10,000 a year.他一年赚 10,000 英镑。

His honesty earned him great respect.他因诚实而博得人们的尊敬。

She earned her living by singing in a nightclub.她靠在夜总会唱歌谋生。

earn, gain, win ,get 四个词均有“得到”之意，但 earn 指经过艰苦努力所得到的报偿，意为“赚得” ；gain 指作出很大努 力而“获得” ，所得东西常有一定价值；get 是普通词，指不一定需要努力就能“得到” ；win 意为“赢 得” ，含有取胜一方具有优越条件而能克服障碍之意。这四个词有时可通用。

[应用]英译汉①earn much money/a prize/one’s living ②gain a victory/experience/the first prize/ten dollars/a living/success/the battle/a doctor ’s degree ③get one’s help/full marks Key: ①挣得很多钱/获奖/谋生 ②获胜/取得经验/获得一等奖/赚 10 美元/谋生/获得成功/赢得战斗/获博士学位 ③得到某人的帮助/得满分 earn one’s living,make one’s living 谋生，挣钱过活。

The professor earns his living by teaching at a language school. eat up 吃光；吃掉。

He was so hungry that he ate up all the cakes and none was left.他太饿了，把所有的蛋糕都吃完 了，一点也没剩。

类似的短语还有：drink up 喝光；喝净。/burn up 烧完；烧掉。/use up 用完；用尽。/clean up 打 扫干净。

effect have effect on 对……有影响，相当于 affect： It has had such a bad effect on him. effort 短语归纳 make the greatest effort 做最大努力；make great efforts 尽最大努力；make a special effort 作出 特殊努力；make an effort to do sth.努力做某事；make every effort to help you 尽力帮助你;make one last effort 作最后的努力；make no effort 不努力；spare no efforts to do sth.不遗余力去做某 事;with(an)effort 艰难地；without effort 轻而易举地；in an effort 努力。

[应用]完成句子 ①他身体很强壮，可以轻易地提起那个重箱子。He is strong enough to lift the heavy box _________. ②我们会不遗余力地阻止他们采取这一步骤。

We will ________ _______ _______to prevent them from takingthis step. ③他艰难地游泳，为的是救出那个孩子。

He swam with difficulty________ _________ _______ ________ save the boy. ④我不会努力去帮助这样的人。

I’ll ________ _________ _______ to help such a person. Key:①without,effout ③in, an, effort, to ②spare, to ,efforts ④make, no, effortsmake efforts to do sth.努力（尽力）干…… make an effort (at)尽力，努力…… spare no effort 不遗余力 I made every effort to get it (at getting it) end up 结果，结束 He started as an employee and ended up as head of the firm. 他以职员开始而最后成为公司的主管。

The party ended up with a song. 晚会以一首歌曲结束。

If you continue to drive so carelessly, you’ll end up in hospital. 如果你继续这样不小心开车，你会进医院的。

对比：end 指完结或终止，为意义最单纯的用语； close 指把已开始的事物像关闭似的加以结束；finish 尤指最后的修饰工作，或把已经做的加以完成； complete 指把不完美的各点或有缺陷的部分加以补充完成。

Let’s end the discussion. The meeting was closed by the chairman’s speech. Try to finish your homework before 9 o’clock. Have you completed your new programme? escape（1）vi.逃走；vt.逃避 The soldier managed to escape by running into the woods. 那个士兵进树林逃掉了。

You were lucky enough to escape punishment / being punished. 你很幸运逃脱了惩罚。

(2)n.[c]逃脱，逃亡 have a narrow escape 九死一生，死里逃生 exam; exmination; test; quiz examination 通常只指正式的“考试” ，如期末考试、入学考试等。exam 是 examination 的缩写，常 用于口语，多为学生使用。test 为“小考”成“考查”,quiz 为“测验”,特指事先无准备，随时进行的 测验，也可指（广播节目中的）一般知识测验、问答比赛、猜谜等。例如： He did very well in the entrance examination. 他在入学考试中成绩很好。

There’s going to be a physics test this afternoon.今天下午将进行物理考试。

The teacher gave us a five-minute quiz.老师对我们进行了一次五分钟的小测验。

example; pattern;model pattern“型、式样、图样”可指供模仿的某物原型或精心设计出的图样或模型，也可指榜样。如： Can you use the sentence pattern?他会用这个句型吗？ She is a pattern for us.她是我们学习的典范。model“模型、模范” ，指供模仿或值得信效的人或物。如： Have you seen his model ship?你看见过他的船模吗？ example “例子、榜样”,主要指人及其行为和活动被他人信效。如： Example is better than precept.身教重于言教。

except; besides; except for+名词/except that+句子用法区别。

except 相当于 but,表示“除了……以外（不包括在内） ” ，常与 all, nobody,everything,everybody, nowhere 等表示整体概念的词连用。besides 相当于 apart from，表示“除……以外（尚有） ”之义。

except for.../except that ...表示“除了……”之意，引述一个相反的原因或细节，因而部分地修正了句 中的主要意思。如：Your article is well written except for some grammar mistakes.你的文章写得 好，只是有几处语法错误。

excuse, pardon,forgive excuse“原谅，宽恕” ，语气较轻，指对轻微的冒犯、失礼等的原谅；pardon 用于正式场合时意为“赦 免” ，也有“原谅，对不起”之意，语气最重；forgive 指免除某人犯错误或违法承担的后果，或不追究 其应受责备的行为。三个词都常与 for 连用，表示“原谅某人……” 。

[应用]汉译英 ①请原谅我迟到了。

②我永远不会原谅你昨天晚上说过的话。

Key:①Please excuse we for being late. ②The court pardoned the man who had broken the law for a certain reason. ③I’ll never orgive you for what you said to me last night. expect, wait 二者均有“等待”之意，但有不同。expect 侧重心理状态，因而可译为“期待，期盼” ，是及物动词； 而 wait 指行动，有“不干别的事专门等”之意，是不及物动词。对比： They are busy with prepartions, expecting the foreign guests.他们忙着准准备， 期待着外宾的到来。Holding little flags, the children are waiting for the foreign guests.孩子们手拿小旗，在等待外宾 的到来。

[应用]完成句子 ①她很久没有儿子的消息了，因而期待着他的电话。

She hasn’t heard from her son for a long time, so she _______ telephones from him. ②他正等着要和你说句话。

He ________ ________ to have a word with you. Key:①expects expert ②is ,waitingn.专家，能手 adj.精通的①an expert on …一名……方面的专家 ②be expert at/in doing sth. 于……很内行 计算机方面的专家an expert on computer scienceShe’s expert at/in looking after babies. 她对于照料婴儿很内行。

explain t. 说明；解释；讲解。

①He explained why he was late.他说明了迟到的原因。

②Please explain this exercise to me . 请把这个练习给我讲一讲。

express one’s satisfaction with 对……表示满意 be satisfied with 对……感到满意 The officials expressed their satisfaction with the preparation for the exhibition. fall 短语归纳 fall from a tree 从树上掉下来；fall off a table 从桌子上落下； fall out of bed 从床上跌下来；fall asleep 入睡；fall ill 病倒；fall behind 落后；fall in love with sb.爱上某人；fall to pieces 倒塌，垮台，崩溃，解体；fall into the water 跌进水中；fall down 倒下； fall onto the ground 掉（倒）在地上；have many falls 跌下许多跤；in the fall 在秋季。

[应用]完成句子 ①那个孩子从墙上掉下来伤着了右腿。

The boy____ ____the wall and hurt his right leg. ②他不想在学习上落后于别人。

He didn’t want to _____ ____others in his studies. Key:①fell,off ②fall,behind fall ill 生病，得病 ①Tom is absent,for he has fallen ill. ②John was caught in the storm and he fell ill. fall over 意为“跌倒” ， “跌跤” 。如： When he was skating, he fell over some times. fall to pieces 该短语意为“垮台” ， “崩溃” ， “倒塌” ， “解体” 。如： ①Most buildings fell to pieces in the earthquake in this city. ②Most organizations fell to pieces after political reform. far below + n. 该词组意为“远远低于” ， “比……低得多” ，其中 far 是副词，用以加强语气。如： The production of this factory was far below the normal level last year. far from:不仅仅，远不是（跟动名词、形容词、名词或代词） 。如： ①Far being slow, they are actually fast enough.他们一点也不慢，相反非常迅速。

②It’s far from perpect.它还很不完美。

另外：由 far 引出的短语①go far(物)经用、时间长 This food can’t go far.这些东西不够吃。

②so far:到目前为止、到…程度（地步） I can only tell you so far.我只能给你说到这一步。

③as far as 就……而言、从……来看、尽……所能、只要……、一直查到某地 As far as I know, he will not come.据我所知，他不会来啦。

You should stick to your opinion as far as it is reasonable.只要你有理，就应该坚持。

We walked as far as the church. 我们一直走到教堂跟前。

feed vt. 喂养；以……为。常用结构： feed…with/on sth . feed sth . to ①She feeds her baby with /on cow’s milk./she feeds cow’s milk to her baby.她用牛奶喂孩子。

②I feed my cat with/on fish./I feed fish to my cat .我用鱼喂猫。

另外：feed (vi.)on 相当于 live on , 意为“以……为主食” 。

Sheep feed mainly on grass.羊以草为主食。

fight against;fight for feed…on…以……饲养（动物） feed on(动物)以……为食 feed…to…喂（动物）……当饲料。

feed a dog on meat 以肉饲养狗 feed meet to a dog Cows feed on hay during winter. feel like…想（做某事） ；愿意。I feel like going to a museum.我想去博物馆。

I feel like a drink. Have you got any beer?我想喝点东西，你俩有啤酒吗？ fight with,fight against 意为“为反对……而战、与……作斗争”,against 后面接的是反对的对象，如： They are fighting against their enemy.他们在与敌人作战。

Political leaders fought against slavery.政治领导们为了反对奴隶制度而斗争。

fight for 意为“为争取……而斗争、因为……而打架” 。如： Two dogs fight for a bone,and a third runs away with it.两只狗为抢一块骨头而打架，另一只狗把 骨头叼走了。

fight with 意为“同……（一起并肩）作战、与……作战” ，它含有两重意思，试比较： They fought with the Italian in the last war.他们在最后的这次战争中是与意大利人作战。

They fought with the Italian against France in that war.在那次战争中，他们和意大利联合作战反对 法国。

figure; shape;form 这组名词都有“形状”的意思。

shape 着重指人或物等的比较具体的整个外形，不太正式；form 指有实体结构和看得见的某种特殊形 状或是抽象的形式；figure 指物时，侧重指轮廊，指人时，着重指姿态。如： Coins may be of different sizes,weights, shapes, and of different metals. 硬币可能大小、轻重、形状不同，铸造的金属也可能不一样。

The shape of Italy is like a leg.意大利国的形状像一条腿。

Change these sentences into the Present Perfect Passive,putting the verbs into the correct forms.用动词的正确形式将下面的句子变成现在完成时的被动语态。

Ice,snow and steam are forms of water.冰、雪、蒸气是水的几种形态。

You can see the tall stone figures and visit the temples of the gods. 你可以看到那些高大的石雕 像，参观那些神殿。这组名词也可当动词用，shape 意为“使什么东西具有某种具体的外 形” ，常有“塑造”等具体意义；form 指通过协商、组织等形成某种习惯、计划或组织等，一般相当于 “形成”;figure 通常指象征某事物。

find (1)vt.发现，发觉 She found a wallet lying on the ground. 她发现地上有个钱包。

We found her still asleep. 我们发现她还在睡觉。

He found her left behind. 他发现她被落在后面。

(2)n.发现，发现物（尤指贵重或悦人的） I made a great find in a second-hand bookshop yesterday. 昨天在旧书店里我有重大发现。

对比：find 多指偶然发现，碰见；后可接名词、复合结构或从句。find out 指通过观察、探索而发现事 实的真相、真情，通过调查找出原因，或发现秘密、错误等；一般接名词、代词或从句。discover 指发 现客观事物的存在，发现已存在而不为人知的事情；多用于好的事物。

Have you found the book you have been looking for? 你一直找的书找到了吗？ Have you found out why he was late? 你弄清他为什么迟到吗？ Columbus discovered America. 哥伦布发现了美洲。

find one’s way（to）找到；设法找到去……的路Can you find your way to the post office? Rivers find their way to the sea.你能找到去邮局的路吗？条条江河通大海。拓展：make one’s way 非常困难地前进 feel one’s way 摸索着前进 force / fight one’s way 突破……而前进 push one’s way 排开……而前进 fine adj./adv./n./v. (1)adj.美好的，天气晴朗的， （身体）好的，细的 It’s fine today.今天天气很晴朗。

What a fine view it is!多么美丽的风景！ —How are you？ —你好吗？ —Fine, thank you. —很好，谢谢！ （不可用于否定句及疑问句） First there was a fine rain but then it rained heavily. 开始是毛毛细雨，接着就下大了 (2)adv.很好 Everything went fine.一切顺利 (3)[c]罚金 a traffic violation fine 违反交通规则罚款 (4)v.处罚金 If you make such a mistake again, you’ll get fined. 如果你再犯这样的错误，你就会挨罚。

短语：fine and 非常，极（强调后面所接的形容词） one fine day/morning 有朝一日first of all 指按时间，顺序等处于第一位的，如： 例：First of all let me say how glad I’m to be here.首先我要说我来到这儿是多么高兴。

I’m interested in coins ,but first of all I’m a stamp collector.我对硬币感兴趣，但我首先是个集 邮的。

比较：first 与 at first first 译为“首先/，是从动作的先后角度来考虑的。

”如： Before we go , I must first change my clothes . 走之前我得先换衣服。

at first 意为“起初/，含有后来不这样了的意思。

”如： At first I didn’t like him ,but now I do .起初我不喜欢他，但现在喜欢了。

for the first time 意为“第一次” 。如： It was there that they met for the first time .正是在那儿他们第一次见了面。

fit ①be fit for 适合于 This job is fit for you.这份工作适合你干。

②主语+be + fit + to do sth.如： Nobody is fit to take his place.没有合适的人接替他。

③（物，衣物之类）+fit+sb.表示衣帽之类适合某人，合身。

The shirt does not fit me well.这件衬衫不太合我的身。

fix vt.安排；修理；准备；安装；固定We have fixed the time and date of the party. 我们已经确定了聚会的日期和具体时间。

Something has gone wrong with my tape-recorder. I must have it fixed. 我的录音机坏了，我得请人修一下。

Mother decided to fix them something to eat. 母亲决定给他们准备点吃的。

It’s not polite to fix your eyes on others. 盯着别人看是不礼貌的。

It is necessary for a child to form the habit of fixing his attention on/ upon what he is doing. 孩子养成专心做事情的习惯是很有必要的。

fix a date 确定日期 fix a time 确定时间 fix a place 确定场所 fix vt.决定，确定 fix+n./wh-/to do sth. My uncle is fixing to set up a company. fix up vt.搭起、安装，修理，安排（住宿等） ，提供， We must fix the house up before we move into it. Flash in a flash 该介宾词组意为“转眼间” ， “突然间” ， “瞬间。

”如： In a flash. I realized where we had met before. fly(1)vt.飞跃 +地点或距离作宾语：驾驶（飞机） ； （用飞机）运送；放（风筝） fly the Atlantic / the English Channe/ a distance of 2000 km 飞跃大西洋/英吉利海峡/2000 公里的距离 Supplies of food have been flown to the refugees. 补给的粮食空运给那些难民。

The children are flying their kites. 孩子们在放风筝。

(2)vi.飞，飞行，飞跑 Time flies like an arrow. 光阴似箭。

The little girl flew to her grandmother. 这女孩向她奶奶飞跑过去。

(3)n.苍蝇 butter（奶油）+fly（苍蝇）=butterfly（蝴蝶） dragon（龙）+fly（苍蝇）=dragonfly（蜻蜓） fire（火）+fly（苍蝇）= firefly（萤火虫） （=lighting-bug,美语） follow t. (1)跟随；跟着。

We followed the professor into the lab . 我们跟着教授走进了实验室。

(2)听懂；理解。

Would you please say it again? I can’t follow you. 请再说一遍好吗?我没听懂。

4. know about/of : have information concerning 听说（关于……的事情） ；知道；了解。

Know vt. : have in mind as the result of experience or because one has learned 认识，知道。

①I don’t know the writer , but I know about him.我不认识那位作家，但我听说过他。

②I know him ,but I don’t know about him. 我认识他，但我并不了解他。for a start/to start with 首先，第一点 You have no right to be here, to start with. 首先，你无权在此。

It won’t work：for a start, we don’t have so much money and secondly we cannot get the permission. 那不行，首先我们没那么多钱，其次我们不能被批准。

for example / such as for emample 用来举例说明，例子通常是一个。它可放在所举例子的前面，也可放在后面；such as 用 来列举事物，只能放在所列举的事物的前面。另外，只列举有代表性的事物，并不全部列出。如： Some students are often late for school, Li Ling ,for emample .有些学生上学经常迟到，例如李玲。

He can speak several foreign languages, such as English, Janpanese, German and so on.他会说好几种外语，比如英语、日语、德语等。

forbid(forbade, forbidden) ①forbid sb.to do sth.如： My mother forbids me to keep in touch with that boy.我妈不让我与那个男孩交往。

②forbid(one’s)doing sth.如： The law strictly forbids individual’s running business in some fields.法律严禁私人从事某些经营 活动。

③常用被动形式 Smoking is forbidden here.这儿不许抽烟。

④表示“使……不可能，使……无法……” The bad weather forbids a spring outing.坏天气使我们无法春游。

否定转移 I/We think, believe,suppose, imagine 接宾语从句时，通常否定主句谓语;但变反意问句时，却必须和从句的人称、 谓语保持一致， 而且要考虑主句中有无 not。

如： I don’ t think she is right,isn’ t?/I believe that they will win the match, won’t they? [应用]汉译英 ①我猜今天夜里不会有雨。

②我们认为美国不会赞同我们的和平计划。

Key: ①I don’t suppose there will be rain this night. ②We don’t think America will agree to our peace plan. form in the form of 以……的形式呈现，prep.take the form of 以……形式呈现，vt. The cookies are all in the form of stars. ?The cookies all take the form of stars. free adj. (1)空闲的；有空的。

Are you free tomorrow?明天你有空吗？ （2）免费的；无偿的。

①Do you enjoy free medical care ?你享受免费医疗吗？ ②—Why are you so happy?你怎么那么高兴？ —Because I got two free ticket. 我免费弄到两张票。

(3)自由的。

①The birds in the cage wish to be free.笼中之鸟盼望自由。

②You are free to say anything you want to at the meeting .会上你可以畅所欲言。

freeze,freezing,frozen freeze 是动词“结冰，凝固” ；freezing 可用作名词“冰点” ，用作形容词“冰冷的” ，用作副词“极冷地” ；frozen 既是 freeze 的过去分词形式，也可用作形容词，表示“冷冻的” 。对比： Water freezes below freezing. 冰点以下时水结冰。

It was freezing cold that morning.那天早晨非常地冷。

The roads are frozen in places.路上多处结冰。

[应用]英译汉 ①above/over freezing ②freezing weather ③be frozen to death ④give sb. a freezing cold ⑤freezing machine ⑥frozen meat ⑦I’m frozen,so I can’t write ⑧I’m freezing,so I’ve to put on a heavy coat. Key: ①零度以上②很冷的天气 ③被冻死④冷冷地看某人一眼 ⑤制冷机⑥冻肉 ⑦我冻坏了，不能写东西了。⑧我觉得冷极了，我得穿件厚大衣 frighten 用作动词，frighten 表示“吓唬、使惊恐” 。如： frighten the birds away 把鸟吓跑；be frightened by 被……吓坏；be frightened of sb./sth.害怕某 人/物； be firghtened at 因……而受到惊吓； be frightened off away 被吓跑了； be frightened to dath 被吓死；frighten sb.into(doing) sth.吓得某人做某事。

辨析：frightened, frightening:前者表示“感到恐惧、害怕” ，后者表示“令人惧怕” 。对比：frightened children 吓坏了孩子； frightening voice 令人恐惧的声音； her frightened look 她那恐惧的样子（自己内心害怕所显露出的表情） 。

her frightening look 她那可怕的样子（其样子使别人害怕） [应用]完成句子 ①那可怕的声音使我非常恐惧. The _______ voice made me very ________. ②他吓得那个老太太签署了那份文件。

He _______ the old lady _______ ________ the paper. ③她看到蛇吓坏了。

She________ ____________ the sight of a snake. ④你怕老虎吗？ Are you __________ ________ tigers? Key:①frightening , frightened ③was, frightened, at ②frightened, into, signing④frightened, of“复合名词”变复数的几种形式 (1)由 man 和 woman 构成的复合名词变复数时，两个成分都要变。如： a man doctor→men doctors 男医生 a woman driver→women drivers 女司机 (2)由“名词+名词”以及“动名词+名词”构成的复合名词，把复数词尾放在一个名词上。如： police officers 警官 match-boxes 火柴盒 frying pans 平底锅 boy-friends 男朋友 flower shops 花店(3)由“名词+副词”构成的复合名词，把复数词尾放在名词上。如： passers-by 过路人 lookers-on 旁观者(4)由“家庭成员+in-law”构成的复合名词，复数形式放在第一个成分上。如： fathers-in-law（岳父） sons-in-law（女婿） (5)复合名词中没有名词时，把复数词尾放在最后一个词上。如： go-betweens 中间人，媒人 game,race, match 三个词都有“比赛”之意。game 通常指“游戏、比赛” ，其复数形式往往指大型运动会。race 多指赛 跑，赛马、赛车、赛船等运动。match 指竞技比赛。

[应用]英译汉 ①play games ②play a game of basketball ③the Asian Games ④horse race. ⑤a 1,500-metre race ⑥run a race ⑦have a volleyball match ⑧watch a match Key:①做游戏，比赛②进行一次篮球比赛③亚运会④赛马⑤一千五百米赛跑⑥赛跑⑦举行排球比赛⑧观 看比赛 get a general idea of 对……了解大意（大概情况） Read the chapter quickly to get a general idea. 快速阅读这一章，了解大意。

grown-ups 成年人 sisters-in-law（嫂嫂）I have a general idea of that town. 我对那个镇子的大概情况有所了解 get in touch with sb.; keep in touch with sb. 这两个相似动词短语的区别是：前者是表示动作性的，作“和（与）某人进行接触”解，如： Finally Hank and his friend gave each other their addresses and promised to get in touch again with each other when they both returned to the States.最后，汉克和他的朋友互换了地址，并且保 证回美国后和对方联系。

而后者表示状态，作“和（与）某人保持着联系”解。如： Some students keep in touch with me all the time. 一些学生一直和我保持着联系。

get sb. / sth. doing 使某人/某物开始活跃或使某物开始工作 Let me try now, I will get the car going 现在让我试试，我会把汽车发动起来。

拓展：get sb. to do sth. = have sb. do sth.让/使某人做某事 get sth. done = have sth. done 请人做某事 I’ll get him to do the job.我会让他做这项工作。

When did you get your hair cut? 你什么时候理的发？ 感叹句表达方式 感叹句表示说话时的惊讶、喜悦、赞赏和愤怒等情绪。大多数感叹句是由 what 和 how 引导，其句型结 构为“What(或 How)+感叹部分+主语+谓语！ ” 。也有少量其他形式的感叹句，现一并归纳如下： (1)What 引导的感叹句 What 用做定语，修饰名词，其引导的感叹句句型结构为： ①What+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语！如： What an orphan he is!他是个多么可怜的孤儿啊！②What+a (an)+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语！如： What a beautiful voice she has!她的声音多美啊！ ③What+形容词+可数名词复数+主语+谓语！如： What kind doctors they are!他们是多好的医生啊！ ④What+形容词+不可数名词+主语+谓语！如： What good news it is! (2)How 引起的感叹句 How 用做状语，修饰形容词、副词和动词，其引导的感叹句句型结构为： ①How+形容词+主语+谓语！ How clever you are! ②How+副词+主语+谓语！ How well she dances! ③How +形容词+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语！如： How good a student he is! ④How+主语+谓语！如： How the teachers worked!教师们工作多么努力啊！ ⑤How+many(few)+可数名词的复数+主语+谓语！如： How many books you have read! ⑥How much(little)+不可数名词+主语+谓语！如： How little money the coat cost! (3)“What+a(an)+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语！ ”句型可转换为“How+形容词+a(an)+可数名 词单数+主语+谓语！ ”句型。如； What a clever boy he is! How clever a boy he is!(4)感叹句常将主语和谓语动词省略，以“What+名词！ ”或“How+形容词！ ”的形式构成。如： What a fine student! What mountains! How wonderful! How brave! (5)其他形式的感叹句 有时候，可不用 what 和 how 来表示感叹，而用陈述句、疑问句、祈使句，甚至一个词或词组来表示感 叹。如： She is such a nice girl!她是一个多好的姑娘啊！ （陈述句） Who do you think you are!你算老几！ （疑问句） “Stop the train! Stop the train!”(祈使句) Wonderful!(一个词) Happy New Year!(词组) get through 接通电话；完成；通过 I can’t get through. The line’s busy.我没能接通电话。占线了。

get through the work/the exams/the book 完成工作/通过考试/看完这本书 打电话的其他交际用语： Can you ring up …?你能给……打电话吗？ I can’t get through.我没能接通（电话） The line is busy.（电话）占线。

I’ll try again later.一会儿我再试试。

Could I speak to… please?我找……接电话。

This is … speaking .我是…… Hold on, Please.请等一等。Can I take a message?我可以捎个口信吗？ Could you ask … to ring me back, please? 你让……给我回个电话好吗？ I’ll ask …… to call you. 我要让……给你打个电话。

They are talking on /over the phone. 他们在通电话。

You are wanted on the phone.有电话找你。

She answered the phone.她接了电话。

give 构成的短语 ①give away 送给人、分发、泄露、暴露 Let’s give away our dog.我们把狗送人吧。

②give back:送还、恢复（健康） Living here has given me back my health.在这住使我恢复了健康。

③give in 交进来，让步、妥协、投降 The boy gave in the money he picked up. 那小孩把捡到的钱上交了。

In the end,they gave in.最终，他们屈服了。

④give off 散发出 The gas gave off an unpleasant smell.那种气体发出难闻的气味。

⑤give out 用完、耗尽、没有了。

Money gave out.钱用完了。

⑥give up 放弃、不再做、把……献给…… My father has given up smoking.我爸“戒烟了。

” He has given up his life to teaching.他一生都献给了教育事业。

Don’t give up,try again.别泄气，再试一次。

give birth to 生……；造成……的原因。

①She gave birth to a baby last week. ②His illness gave birth to his absence. Give my regards/ best wishes/love to sb. 向人问好时 give off,放出（光、烟、气味等） 、散发， give out,放出，发出（声音，光线，气味等） ， （食物、燃料、力量等）用尽、筋疲力尽。

①These red roses give off a sweet smell. ②This device gives out flashes of light in the fog. ③Both my strength and money gave out. go bad 变坏 类似的：go wrong,go mad,etc. go 通常表示不好的变化。

Alice’s face went red with anger. My husband’s hair is going gray. “go+doing”表示“去干某事” ，多指从事与体育、娱乐有关的活动。

go fishing 去钓鱼 go riding 去骑马 go climbing 去登山 go shooting 去射击 go hunting 去打猎 go cycling 去骑车go boating 去划船 go swimming 去游泳 go walking 去散步 go shopping 去买东西 go dancing 去跳舞go camping 去露营“go+doing”还可以表示从事某种职业。go farming 务农go nursing 当护士go on doing , go on to do , go on with 1) go on doing sth .指继续做同一件事。如： After a short rest , they went on working . 短暂休息之后，他们继续工作。

go on with sth . 指继续同一件事，此时 with 后能接名词，代词，不能跟 ing 形式。如:After a short rest ,they went on with the work . 短暂休息之年，他们继续那项工作。

go on to do sth . 指接着做另外一件事。如： After finishing the words , they went on to go over the text. 结束单词后，他们接着通课文。

2) 类似意义的说法。

continue doing/ to do = go on doing; go ahead with = go on with ,隐含有付出努力之意 keep on doing ① = go on doing ②指不顾困难，反对或警告而坚持做某事。如： He kept onsmoking after the doctor told him to stop .医生告诉他停止后，他还是继续抽烟。

go through 浏览；经历；历经 He went through several houses, but haven’t bought one yet. 他看了好几套房子，但一套还没买。

The country has gone through too many wars.这个国家已经历了太多的战争。

The plan must go through several stages. 这个计划必须经历几个过程。

拓展：go through with 完成 He hasn’t gone through with his composition yet. go with 与……相配；适合。

I’d like a pair of shoes to go with my trousers.我想要一双和我的裤子相配的鞋。

go/do without 他还没写完作文。该短语表示“没有……将就着也行” 。Without 既是介词也是副词，亦即带不带宾语都行。

[应用]完成句子 ①他没钱买电视，只能过着没有电视的日子。

He had no money for a TV set,so he had to _______ _______ ______. ②我们没有地图也行。

We have no map but we can ________ ________ Key:①go,without,it ②do,without had better (not) do sth.最好（不要）做某事。

用来委婉地提出建议或劝告.had 通用于各种人称和数的形式.。

①You’d better give up smoking.It dose no good to your health.你最好把烟戒掉，吸烟对健康没 好处。

②she had better not come this evening .今晚她最好不要来。

hand down(=pass down)相传、传给 意思是“ （从上代）传下来（给后代） ” 。

In poor families,clothes may be handed down from one child to the next. hand back 把……归还……；hand in 面交，提出；hand on 传阅，依次传递；hand out 分发；hand over 移交。

happen 句型归纳 (1)happen to do sth.(主语常为“人”)，意为“碰巧。恰好” 。to 后可用不定式的一般式 to do, 完成式 to have done 进行式 to be doing 如： You happened to be out when I came to your house. 我到你家时，你正好出去了。

She happened to have just finished reading the book. 碰巧她刚刚读完那本书。The two salesmen happened to be quarrelling when the manager entered. 经理进去时两个售货员碰巧在吵架。

(2)It(so)happen that…“ （如此）碰巧，恰好” 。如： It happens that he is a teacher of English. 恰好他是位英语老师。

It so happened that he was going that way too. 如此碰巧的是他也往那边走。

注意：句型 1）和 2）可互换，如： I happened to have no money with me./It happened that I had no money with me. 我碰巧身上没带钱。

(3)happen to sb./sth. “某人/物出事，发生了……情况” 。

如：What has happened to your hand?你的手怎么了？ Be careful not to let anything happen to that child. 小心别让那个孩子出任何事。

[应用]选择正确答案 ①—We haven’t heard from Jane for a long time.(MET’91) —What do you suppose __________to her? A.was happening C.has happened B.to happen D.having happened②They happened to _______for Tianjin when we got there.(MET’) A.leave B.have left C.leaving D.had left③If anything __________you,let me know. A.is happened to C.happens on B.is happening D.happens toKey:①C ②B ③D have a right to do sth.有权做某事 right:①当名词用，可有复数形式如：human rights 人权；但是当方向（右边）讲时，不可数，turn to the right 向右转 ②当形容词：a.右面的、向右的、政治上右倾的；b.对的、正确的、合适、恰当、正当；c.对头、没事 了。如： He didn’t feel quite right.他感觉不太舒服。

Your advice is right 你的建议是对的。

Which is the right answer?哪个答案正确？ ③当副词用，向右 Don’t forget to turn right when you meet a bookstore.看到那家书店别忘了向右转。

The crowd divided right and left. 人群走散了（各奔西东） 。

have/find + difficulty/trouble + (in)doing sth ./ with sth. There be + difficulty/trouble + (in) doing sth./with sth. 做某事有困难/麻烦；在……方面有困难/麻 烦。

其中的 difficulty 和 trouble 为不可数名词；doing 前的介词 in 可省略。

①I have some difficulty(in)pronouncing some English words.有些英语单词我发音有困难。

②Everyone in the town knew him; so we had no difficulty(in) finding his house 。镇上所有的人 都认识他，所有我们毫不费力就找到了他的家。

③The boy had little difficulty with maths.这孩子学数学没困难。

④There was much difficulty (in) finding him.好不容易才找到他。

have mercy on/upon sb. 该短语意为“宽恕（或可怜）某人” ，类似的词组还有 show mercy to sb.。He always has mercy on the poor. at the mercy of …任由……摆布，在……的掌握中。

如：They were lost at sea,at the mercy of the winds and the waves. have no choice but to do sth. 该结构意为“别无选择的干……” 如：You have no choice but to obey me. have on,have…on have on 表示“穿着，戴着” ，有 have on sth.或 have sth.,on 结构，强调状态，无进行时，但有动词 —ing 短语形式。have…on 表示“有事，有约（会） ” 。对比： On Children’ s Day,children always have on their new clothes. 儿童节那天孩子们总是穿着新衣服。

I’ve nothing on tomorrow.Let’s go together. 明天我没事，咱们一起去吧。

误：In fact the king was having nothing on. 正：In fact the king had nothing on.事实上国王什么也没穿。

正：The king having nothing on walked in the front.一丝不挂的国王走在最前面。

[应用]汉译英 ①He has something on this evening.I’ve to go without him. ②He has his uniform on this evening. have something(nothing,much,little)to do with 与……有（没有，有很大，有一点）关系。

①I have nothing to do with that young man. ②His job has something to do with telephones. ③This has little to do with what we are talking about. ④Do you have anything to do with that club? He sends his regards/best wishes/love to you. 带人问好时 也可用：Please remember me to your parents.head vi.向……前进， 朝某方面行进。

后面接 for,forward 的介词短语， 或表示方向的副词 east,eastward 等。head south 向南行 ①Where are we heading? ②Those ships are heading for HongKong. hear vt,;vi. （1）听见、听到（声音） 。

①Listen!I heard somebody knocking at the door.听！我听到有人敲门。

②Old Granny can’t hear very well.老奶奶听觉不好了。

(2)hear that(宾从)听说某事 ①I heard that he had come back.我听说他回来了。

②I heard that we were going to Qingdao for a holiday.Is that true?听说我们要去青岛度假，是真 的吗？ （3）hear of 听说；获悉。①I have heard of him,though I don’t know him.尽管我不认识他，但我听说过他。

②They have never heard of American country music.他们从没听说过美国的乡村音乐。

③They have never heard American country music。他们从没听过美国的乡村音乐。

（4）hear from sb.收到某人的来信。

—Have you heard from Peter recently?最近收到彼得的信了吗？ —No,I haven’t heard from him for three months.没有。我已 3 个月没收到他的信了。

heart 短语归纳 lose heart 失去信心； lose one’ s heart to sb./sth.爱上某人/事； give heart to sb.鼓励某人； give one’ s heart sb./sth.爱上某人/事；put one’s heart into 一心扑在某事上；heart and soul 全心全意地； have a kind heart 有一幅好心肠;break one’s heart 使某人伤心；learn…by heart 记住，背诵；with a heavy/light heart 心情沉重地/轻松愉快地[应用]完成句子 ①这个队一场比赛未赢，结果灰心了。

The team had won no game and it ________ ________. ②我们很奇怪她怎么爱上一个外国老头。

We wonder why she ________ _________ ________ _______an old foreigner. ③世上无难事，只怕有心人。

Nothing is too difficult in the world if you _______ _______ ________ _______it. ④全心全意地为人民服务是一个党员的义务。

It’s the duty of a Party member to serve the people ________ _________ _________ __________. Key:①lost,heart②lost,her,heart,to③put,your,heart,into④heart,and,soul help oneself to“自行取用（食物等） ，随意使用” Help yourself to more cakes. help to do sth. 该动宾结构意为“有助于干某事” ，且不定式符号 to 可以省略，即构成 help do sth.的表达形式。如： ①This book helps to understand this question. ②Exercises help build up. hold 短语归纳 hold one’s hand 抓住某人的手；hold me by the arm 抓住我的胳臂；hold one’s breath 屏住气； hold back one’s tears 忍住泪水；hold a meeting 开会；hold 100 passengers 容纳 100 名乘客； hold a position 守住阵地；hold back 阻止；hold one’s head high 昂首，趾高气扬；hold up the wounded part 抬高受伤的部位； hold it tight 抓紧；hold everything in secret 对一切都保密；catch/get/take hold of a rope 抓住绳子；hold a child in one’s arms 怀抱孩子；hold a final examination 举行期末考试 [应用]介、副词填空 ①Nothing can hold______the wheel of the history. ②I held her _____ the hand and tried to follow her. ③He was saved by taking hold______ the big stick. ④Please hold______ your hand if you have any questions to ask. Key: ①back ②by ③of ④up How do you do ? 初次见面打招呼答语为 How do you do ?也可用 Nice /Glad/Pleased to meet you. 熟人见面打招呼 How are you?随便一些可用 Hello, Hi.How do (did )you find…?(你觉得/认为……怎么样？)是征求对方对某人、某事的看法或意见的用语。

回答时在 find 后要跟复合宾语。

How did you find the dishes? (I found them)Tasteless. How do you find Peter Gray? I found him dishonest. How long have you had it?你买了多久了？ 瞬时动词 come/go/leave/start/arrive/buy/die/join/borrow/marry 等不能与表示一段时间的状语连 用。如 how long, for 和 since 所表示的时间。

①他去世三年了。

不能说：He has died for 3 years. 而应说：He has been dead for 3 years/He died 3 years ago. It is 3 years since he died. ②他参军多久了？不能说：How long has he joined the army? 而应说：How long has he been in the army?/How long has he been a soldier?/How long is it since he joined the army? how long/how soon/how far/how often (1)how long 多久。表示一段时间，句中的动词应是延续性的。是对 for 或 since 等所表示的时间状语 的提问。

—How long have you lived here ?你在这里住多久了？ ①—For three years.3 年了。

②—Since 1997.从 1997 年至今。

③—Since I graduated from college.从大学毕业至今。

(2)how soon (将来)多久； （过）多久（以后） 。是对 in 所表示的时间状语的提问。

—How soon can you finish the work?多久你能完成这工作？ —In three hours. 3 小时后。

（3）how far 多远。用来提问距离。

—How far is your hometown from here?你家乡离这里多远？ —Twenty kilometres.20 公里。

(4)how often(每隔)多久；多经常。用来提问频度。

—How often do you usually go home?你多久回家一次？ —Twice a month. 一个月两次。

how to do sth.是由“疑问副词+动词不定式”构成的复合结构，在句中可作表语。

How to deal with it hasn’t been decided. My question is how to feed so many people. however adv. 然而；但是。表示转折，起承上启下的作用。本身具有相对的独立性，通常逗号与句子 其他部分隔开。①He likes singing. He can’t sing very well, however. 他喜欢唱歌，然而唱不好。

②He didn’t agree with me ; however, he said nothing.他不同意我的看法，但他什么也没说。

human(being)[c]人，与动物等对比的人(the human 人类) A human being tells the machine what to do, when to do and how to do. 人让机器做什么、什么时候做和怎样做。

In the story human beings were replaced by robots. 在这个故事里，人类被机器人所代替。

hurt,wound 二者都有“受伤”之意，但含义有所不同。

Wound 指外伤，如枪伤、刀伤、剑伤等，尤指战争、战斗中受伤。而 hurt 既指肉体上的也指精神上的 伤害，含强烈疼痛意味。如： be badly wounded in the battle 战斗中受重伤； wound sb.to death 使某人受伤致死； hurt one’s back 摔伤了后背；hurt one’s feeling 伤害某人的感情；be hurt by his words 被他的 话所伤害。

注意：A.wound 可用作名词： have a wound in the chest 胸部受伤； receive a serious wound 受重伤；the wounded 伤员。

B.hurt 还可用作不及物动词，表示“疼痛难受”对比： The girl fell off her bike. She hurt one of her legs hurts. 姑娘从自行车上掉下来，有一条腿疼得厉害。

[应用]完成句子 ①这位战士头部受了伤. The soldier ______ ______ _____in his head./The soldier _____________in the head./The soldier head ______ ______. ②他们说我的那些话使我很伤心。

I was rather__________by what they said about me. ③我右腿疼。

My right foot ________. ④他的伤似乎是很重。

It seemed that he _________badly_________. Key:①received,a, would/was, wounded/was wounded ②hurt ③hurts ④was, hurt/wounded I must be off now. I must go now . I must be leaving now. 表示自己要走时I think it would be a good idea to(do sth.) “我想，干某事是个好主意” （是委婉地提出建议的交际英语） 。

A：I’m afraid I’m putting on weight. B:I think it would be a good idea to keep on doing moning exercises. idea n. 主意，想法 ②have the idea of doing①have an idea③have an idea that/wh-从句 He thought and thought, and then he had an idea. 他想啊想，终于有了一个主意。

She had the idea of discussing the problem with her husband. 她有一个与丈夫商讨此事的办法。

I have an idea that he will lose. 我认为他会输的。

Do you have any idea where he has gone? 你知道他到哪儿去了吗？if 与 unless 的异同 1)通常 unless 等于 if not 如： I won’t go unless he comes .= I won’t go if the doesn’t come . 2)在下面的句子中不可做此替换。如： I’ll be surprised if he doesn’t have an accident .他要是不出事故，我倒会感到奇怪了。

unless 不能用于“由于未发生 B 而产生 A”的句子，再如： I’ll be quite glad if she doesn’t come this evening.要是他今晚不来，我才高兴呢。

mix .混合 mixture n. 混合物Water and oil will not mix .油和水不相溶合。

Mix black with white 混淆黑白。

注意：下面句子中 mix 的形式。

A rain is falling ,mixed with snow .雨夹着雪在下着。

I’m sorry(that)…很抱歉……。是自认为表现欠妥或做事失误时的道歉用语，其后的从句说明道歉的内 容和原因。

①I’m sorry I can’t answer the question.对不起我不会回答这个问题。

②I’m sorry that I broke your glass.很抱歉我把你的杯子打破了。

imagine 1)接名词、代词：You can’t imagine the life on the island.你无法想象岛上的生活。

2）接动名词：She never imagined her going abroad for further education.她从没设想过会出国深 造。

3）接从句：You can’t imagine how worried I was those days.你想象不到那几天我是多么焦虑啊。

4）接复合宾语：The boy imagined himself to be a hero. 这男孩把自己想象成了英雄。

[应用] 选择正确答案 I can hardly imagine Peter ______across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.(MET’91)A.sail Key:C improveB.to sailC.sailingD.to have sailed1)用作及物动词，意为“改善，使更好，增进，提高” 。如： improve one’s English/the living conditions/one’s method of study/oneself in maths 提高英 语水平/改善居住条件/改进学习方法/提高教学水平。

2)用作不及物动词，意为“变得更好，增加。

”如： After two days’ rest his health is improving. 经过两天的休息，他的健康状况在好转。

3)用作名词：improvement of soil 土壤改良；make improvement in 在某方面作出改进 [应用]一句多译 ①他的中文水平在不断提高。

②这篇文章你最好有所改进。

Key:①His Chinese is improving./He is improving his Chinese. ②You’d better improve your article./You’d better make improvement in your article. in prep. 在……之后。用于“将来一段时间之后” 。

① Your birthday is in two weeks’ time .你的生日还有两周。

② I’ll finish the work in 3 days/in 3 days’ time. 这两项工作我 3 天后完成。

注意： “将来具体时间之后”用 after。

① I’ll be back in 3 days.3 天后我回来. ② I’ll be back after the New year. 新年后我回来。

in a word 总之=in one word In a word, I don’t trust him. 总这，我不信任他。Tom is brave, careful and calm. In a word, he is admirable. 汤姆既勇敢、细心又镇静。总之，他很令人羡慕。

in charge of prep.担任……，管理……，负责in the charge of a person?in a person’s charge 由（某人）照料（管理） take charge of 担任……，接管。

My father is in charge of this company. in common, in general, in particular,in short （1）in common(with)与……有共同处、 （和……）一样。如： They have nothing in common with one another.他们相互毫无共同之处。

（2）in general 大体上、通常、一般说来。如： In general boys like sports more than girls.一般说来，男孩比女孩更喜欢运动。

（3）in particular= particularly 特别、尤其。如： I noticed his eyes in particular, because they were very big.我特别注意到他的眼晴，因为那双眼晴 很大。

（4）in short 简单地说，总之。如： The man, in short,is not to be trusted.总之，那个人是不何信任的。

in debt(to)欠债，欠人情 out of debt 还清负债，没欠债 get(run,fall)into debt,vi.借债，负债 pay off the debt 还清债务 She was always in debt when she was out of work. In 1860,Abraham Lincoln was elected president….1860 年林肯被选为总统。

president/chairman/head/captain/director/mornitor 等表示头衔、职位的名词，在用作同位语、补 语或表语时，前面通常不加冠词。in future;in the future; for the future in future 意思是“从今以后” 。例如： In future,be careful with your pronunciation.今后要注意你的发音。

Such a bad habit must be got rid of in future.今后成长须改掉这样的坏习惯。

in the furture 意思是“将来、今后的日期” ，但不一定就是从今立即开始，而是将来的时间。例如： No one can know what will happen in the future.没有人知道将来会发生什么事。

My sister wants to be actress in the future.我妹妹将来想当演员。

for the future 的意思是“就未来而论、今后” ，作“今后”解时可与 in future 替换使用。例如： What are your plans for the future when you grow up? 你长大以后对你的未来有什么打算？ For the future, we’ll have to depend on ourselves.今后我们得依靠自己。

in honour of sb.(sth.) 为了纪念或表示敬意而举行某活动。

①A memorial meeting was held in his honour. ②It is only a dance in honour of my birthday.in+名词+of in praise of 为……颂扬、歌颂；in honour of 为纪念，为了向某人表示敬意；in memory of 为了怀念； in favour of 赞同，支持；in place of 代替；in charge of 负责；in search of 寻找；in need of 需要。

注意：上述短语多用作表语、状语或定语。

[应用]完成句子，句意不变 ①This is a book which sings high praise for pioneers. This is a book ________ ________ ________ pioneers. ②They startd off at once to look for the missing girl. They started off at once________ ______ _______the missing girl. ③We all agree to your plan.We are all ______ ________ ______your plan. ④We usr plastics instead of wood or metal. We use plastics_______ ________ ________ wood or metal. Key:①in, praise, of ③in, favour, of ②in, search, of ④in, place, ofin one’s opinion 在某人看来，依照某人的看法，也可以说： in one’s personal opinion 例：have a good /high opinion of sb . = think / speak well/highly of sb. 对某人评价高，看法不好。

in one’s will 在某人的遗嘱中 will 作为名词使用时意为“遗嘱” “意志力”或“强烈的愿望” 。

Her death is god’s will, I suppose. 她的逝世是上帝的旨意，我估计。

His strong will enables him to refuse all the worldly pleaseres. 他的强烈愿望使他可以拒绝世间所有的乐趣。

Where there is a will, there is a way. 有志者，事竟成。

in other words 换句话说 In other words, they failed to pass the exam. 换句话说，他们考试没有及格。

He became, in other words, a great hero. 也就是说，他成了一位大英雄。

in place/out of place 在原处；在合适的位置。

①You should keep everything in place.(=in order)你应该把所有的东西都放好。

②What you said is somewhat out of place.你的话有些离谱了。

in the 1950s:in the 1950’s 20 世纪 50 年代。介词也可用 during。

early/late in the 1990s:in the early/late 1990’s。

20 世纪 90 年代早期/晚期。

in the hope of 该短语表示“期待，抱有……的希望” ，后接名词、代词或动名词，可替换成：in the hope that 从句或 hoping to…。对比: They got up very early in the hope of catching the first bus. 他们起得很早，希望能赶上头班车。

注意：have the hope of…/There be hope of…有希望 对比：She has the hope of success.她有成功的希望。

There is still hope of persuading him to change his mind. 还有希望说服他改变主意。

[应用]一句多译： 他到那里去，希望买一些新鲜鱼。

He went there in the hope of buying some fresh fish./He Went there in the hope that he could buy some fresh fish./He went there hoping to buy some fresh fish. in the last few years. 该短语意为“最近几年” ，常和现在完成时连用，表示以前某时开始一直延续至说话时的动作或状态。in 可被 during 或 over 替换。常用的还有：during the past ten days 过去的 10 天里；over the last 5 months 过去的 5 个月里；in the past few weeks 过去的几周里如： We’ve learned quite a lot of English over the past three years. 三年来我们学了不少英语。[应用]单句改错 ①Many factories were built in the last ten years in my hometown. ②Both my father and mother have been busy since the past few weeks. Key:①改 were 为 have been ②改 since 为 for/in/over in the past sixty years 在过去的 60 年里（常与现在完成时连用） Great changes have taken place in the past few years. in time 及时(=not later than),终究(=sooner or later) I hope you will arrive in time for the meeting . 我希望你及时到会。

Work hard and you will succeed in time. 努力工作那么最终你将成功。

Increase v.& n.(使……)增长/加 Travel can increase our knowledge of the world.旅行能加深我们对世界的了解。

The number of students in this school has increased to 3,000.这个学校的学生人数已增加到 3000 人。

The population of the area increased by 5% last year.这个地区的人口去年增加了 5%。

an increase in production/ number/population. 生产/数量/人口增加 information: news 新闻；消息。为不可数名词，如果表示“几条消息” ，应用 piece ①The news is true.这条消息是真的。

②a piece of news 一条新闻；一则消息。two pieces of news 两条新闻；两则消息。several pieces of news 几条新闻；几则消息。

insist on doing sth.坚持做……suggest doing sth.建议做…… enjoy doing sth.喜欢做…… 类似的 admit,appreciate,avoid,consider,delay,deny,detest.dis -like,endure,escape,excuse,face,feellike,finish,forgive,give up,can’t help,imagine, leave off,mention,mind,miss,postp -hone,practise,put off, resist,risk,can’t understand,und -erstand,mean(意味着) 以上这些动词只能接动名词作宾语，不能接动词不定式作宾语。在介词之间，也只能用动名词作宾语。

Look forward to,object to ,be used to,in addition to,prefer…to,according to,stick to,etc. insist 表示 “坚持要求 （某人或主语本身） 干某事。

” ； suggest 表示 “建议” ， 以及 order, demand, request, advise…，这些动词后的宾语从句常用虚拟语气形式。

即主语+（should）+动词原形+……，should 常可省略。如： He insisted that he(should)be sent to the poorest place to work。他坚持要求派他去最贫穷的地方 工作。

instead of instead of 是短语介词，意思是“代替、而不” ，后接名词、代词、动名词，有时接动词原形、不定式、 形容词等。如： I’ll take that book instead of this one.我要那本书不要这一本。

Instead of putting it off till the next day, he started working right away. 他立即开始工作，不把它 拖到明天。

You should give him advice instead of money. 你应给他忠告而不是金钱。

A word of encouragement might have made me respect instead of hating him. 一句鼓励的话当 可时可能使我尊敬他而不是恨他。

Things are now better instead of worse.目前情况是好转而不是恶化。We made the trip by train instead of by car.我们是乘火车旅行的，不是乘汽车。

instead of, instead, in place of, take the place of He went to attend the meeting instead of me . I was ill so he went to attend the meeting instead . 注意：instead 可用于句首，表示“相反的” 。如： She never studies .Instead, she plays tennis all day .她从不学习。相反地，她整天打网球。

in place of 很多时候可与 instead of 换用，但更强调“取代”之意。如： He isn’t fit for the job, so I’ll do it in place of him.他胜任不了这项工作，我要代他做。

take the place of 是动词短词，在句中做谓语，如： Tractors have taken the place of horses .拖拉机已经取代了马。

注意：instead of 后可接 ing 形式，介词短语等。如: He came by bus instead of by train.他是乘汽车来的而不是乘火车。

He wanted to go to a film instead of staying at home.他想去看电影而不是呆在家里。

Isn’t it easier to stay in the same place ？留在原地难道不更舒服一些吗？ 否定疑问句用来表示对某事感到惊讶，含批评意味。相当于汉语的“难道不/莫非……？” ① Don’t you know my address?难道你不知道我的地址吗？ ②Can’t you speak English?你难道不会说英语吗？ Isn’t it happy to live with us ?莫非和我们生活在一起不快乐？ It 句型：主语+动词+it+形容词或名词+不定式短语 此句型中，it 作形式宾语，常用于句型中的动词有 find,feel, think, consider, make 等。Einstein.who was a Jew, found it impossible to continue living in Germany. 爱因斯坦是一个犹太人，他发现他不可能在德国继续生活下去了。

①I found it quite pleasant to work with him.我发现和他一起工作很愉快。

②He feels it his duty to help others.他感到帮助别人是他的责任。It is hoped that…人们希望…… It said that …据说…… It is believed that…人们相信 It is reported that…据报道…… It is hoped that our team will win the game.人们希望我们的队赢得比赛。

It is said that the strange old man is a great artist.据说那个怪老头是一位艺术大师。

It is believed that before writing was developed, people in China used to keep records by putting a number of stones together.人们认为，在出现书写以前，中国人常把石块放在一起来记事。

It is reported in the papers that the president of the U.S.A will arrive next Monday. 据报纸报道美 国总统下星期一抵达。It is/was + adj. + for/of sb.+ to do sth.某人做某事是……. 该句的 It 为形式主语，真正的主语是后面的不定式（短语） ，for/of sb.是不定式的逻辑主语。能用于该 句型的形容词常有： （ 1 ） important/ unimportant/ necessary/ possible/ impossible/ hard/ difficult/ easy/ useful/ usual/ unusual 等。这些形容词的后面常用 for 来表示不定式的逻辑主语。

①It’s important(for you)to learn English well.(你们)学好英语很重要。

②It’s not easy for them to finish the work within three hours.对他们来说 3 小时内完成这项工作 很难。

（2）right/ wrong/ clever/ foolish/ stupid/ nice/ kind/ rude/ polite/ impolite 等。这些形容词的 后面常用 of 介词短语表示不定式的逻辑主语。

①It’s kind of you to help us.你们帮助我们真是太好了。

②It’s impolite of a person to interrupt people while they are talking.打断别人谈话的人是不礼貌 的。

It takes sb. some time to do sth .做某事花某人时间。其中的 It 是形式主语。代替后面的不定式（短语） 。

①It will take us a whole week to travel through the forest. 穿过这片森林得用我们一整周时间。

②It took them 3 days to finish the work.干完这项工作用了他们 3 天时间。

It’s time for sth . 该是做……的时候如： It’s time for lunch .该吃午饭了。

It’s time (for sb) to do sth . 如： It’s time (for us )to go to school.(我们)该上学了。

也可用如下说法： The time has come for lunch. The time has come for us to go to school. 注意：在 It’s time ……句式中 time 前可加 high, about 等修饰词，用法不变。其后跟 that 从句时 要用虚拟语气。如： It’s (high)time we got up. It’s about time (that) he knew the truth. 大约是他知道真相的时候了。

（that 可省略） 接不定式和动名词意义不同的词 1）remember doing/having done 记得曾做过某事 remember to do 记住去做某事对比： Do you remember meeting me at a party last year? Please remember to write to your parents when you get there. 2)regret doing/having done 后悔做了（或没做）某事/regret to do 遗憾地去做某事对比： I regret telling her the truth. I regret to say that you are completely wrong. 3）try to do 尽力去做/try doing 试着去做对比：She tried to learn it by heart.She tried adding more salt to the soup. 4)forget doing 忘记曾经做过/forget to do 忘记去做 对比：I forget reading about it in a magazine. Don’t forget to shut off the gas when you finish cooking. 5)stop doing 停止做/stop to do 停止某一动作去作另一动作（说明停止的目的） 对比：They didn’t start until it stopped raining . We stopped to see what was going on. 6)mean doing 意味着/mean to do 打算，意图做 对比：Missing the train means waiting for an hour. I meant to come, but a friend of mine went to see me . 7)want doing 需要（物作主语，动名词主动表示被动）/want to do 对比：The wall wants painting. I want to paint the wall myself. join,join in, take part in ,attend 1)join 表示“加入党派，组织、社团、俱乐部”等。

如：join the Party/Youth League/army/club/organization 入党/入团/参军/加入俱乐部/加入组织。

Would yo join us(in) singing?和我们一起唱歌吧！ His brother joined the army a year ago. 他哥哥一年前参军了。

Join 还可表示“来（去）和某人呆在一起，把……连在一起” I will join you in a few minutes.我一会就过来。

Please join the two ends of the rope together.把绳子两头接起来。

2)join in 表示“参加正在进行的活动” 。如：join in a game /discussion/conversation/walk/talk 参 加游戏/讨论/谈话/一起散步/一起讨论。亦可说：join sb. in (doing)sth.表示“加入某人一起做某事” 。

3)take part in 表示“参加会议、活动” ，侧重说明主语参加并发挥一定作用，part 前若有修饰语，要 想做（人作主语）用不定冠词。如:take (an active)part in a party/school activities/physical labour(积极)参加聚会/学 校活动/体力劳动。

4)attend 表示 “出席、 参加会议、 仪式、 婚礼、 葬礼、 典礼、 上课、 上学、 听报告” 。

如： attend a meeting/asports meeting/a concer/a show/school/a lecture 参加会议/运动会/出席音乐会/出席展览会/上学/ 听演讲。

[应用]完成句子 ①我哥哥参军 2 年了。

It’s two years since my brother_______the army. ②我的朋友和我一起祝你生日快乐。

All my friends_______ ________ ________ wishing you a happy birthday. ③今晚有一个聚会，你参加吗？ There will be a party this evening. Are you going to_______ ______ _______ it? ④迈克没有参加莉莉的婚礼。

Mike didn’t ______ Lily’s wedding. Key:①joined ②join，me,in③take,part,in ④attend keep doing sth.连续、持续地做某事。

①They kept sitting there for several hours.他们在那里连续坐了好几个小时。

②He kept asking silly questions.他不住地问些愚蠢的问题。

keep ;store; save 三个词都有“存”的含义。

store 是及物动词， “储藏、储存”的意思，一般强调在一个空间范围内的保管和收藏。如： We had to store all this while we were away. 我们不在家时，得把所有的一切都收藏起来。如： After harvest we store the grain.收割后我们把粮食存起来。

save 既可以是及物动词也可以是不及物动词，可指货币的储蓄。如：He was out of work, he had saved no money before.他失业了，以前也没有攒下钱。

They are saving for a house.他们正在存钱买房。

keep 也有“保存”的意思，与 store 比较，它并不强调特定的地点和场所，是由“保留”的意思引申 而来的。如： I have kept the old letters all the time.我一直把这些旧信保存了下来。

Will you keep the papers for me?你能为我保存这些论文吗？ keep off 短语动词。意为“远离” 、 “制止” 、 “使避开” 、 “不让接近” 。如： A board stands by the house on which were written “keep off”. At night they made a fire to keep wild animals off. keep one’s word 该动宾词组意为“守信” ， “遵守诺言” 。词组里 word 不能用复数形式 words.同义词组为“ keep a promise”,反义词组为“break one’s word” 。如： Once you promise someone to do something,you should keep your word. keep sb.healthy 使……保持健康 keep,n.“使维持（某种状态） ”后可接 adj.(ving,p.p,adv.)等作宾补。

①I was so tired that I could hardly keep myself awake. ②I’m sorry to have kept you waiting so long. ③Keep your mouth shut and your eyes open. ④They kept us out. ⑤Once a cold kept him in bed for three days. keep up 该短语动词有以下现象，分述如下： ①keep sth.up 使不低落，遵守如：Even if we fail we should keep up our spirits. ②keep sb.up 使晚睡 如：It’s wrong to keep the children up so late. ③keep up with sb.赶上，不落后，保持联系 如：I still keep up with my college classmates far away. 我仍与远方的大学同学保持着联系。

Knee go down on one’s knees 双膝跪地 go down on one knee 单膝跪地 如：①The son went down on his knees, begging his father for mercy. ②Some football players celebrate their“goal”by going down on one knee. knock into 该短语意为“把……敲人” ，也可意译为“撞着某人/某物”如： ①The wall is so hard I can’t knock nails into it. ②He was reading while he eas walking and knocked into a tree. lack lack 可用作及物或不及物动词，还可用作不可数名词，有“缺乏，缺少”之意。如： lack money/courage 缺钱/ 缺少勇气；lack(in) experience/ courage 缺少经验/勇气；have no lack of...不缺乏；for lack of…因为缺乏。对比： He is lacking in courage./He lacks courage.他缺少勇气。

The plants died for lack of water. 因为缺水植物枯死了。

[应用]完成句子①她经验不足，无法获得这项工作。

She________ ______ ______to get the job. ②他们不缺钱，而缺技术工作。

They______ ______ _______ of money but_______skilled workers. Key: ①lacked,the,experience ②have,no,lack,lack lately; recently 两者均可表示“近来、最近” ，但用法不同。

recently 是书面语，常被 quite,just,but, very,only 等词所修饰，以加强语气。主要用于肯定句中。如: He’s only recently begun billogy. 他只是最近才开始学生物。

I didn’t know it until quite recently.我一直到最近才知道。

Lately 常用于口语，指与现在有联系的一段时间，常见于否定句或疑问句中。如： I haven’t seen him lately.我近来没有看到他。

lay the table, lay breakfast 两个动词短语均可作“摆好桌子”解，但各自的确切含意不同：lay the table 单纯指“摆桌子（准备吃 饭） ” ，可用于早、中、晚三餐的任何一餐的场合，如： I only laid the table.我只是摆好了餐桌（准备吃饭） 。而“lay breakfast”则很明确地表示“摆桌子（吃 早餐） ” 。如： I have laid lunch.我已经摆好午餐的桌子了。

He has laid supper.他已把晚餐的桌子摆好了。

leave sth. to sb.（在死后）将……留给某人；请某人负责某事 His aunt left all her property to him after her death. 他姑姑死后将所有财产都留给他了。I’ll leave it to you to buy the tickets.我委托你负责买票。

lend to 引导；引起，造成，导致。

①Labour leads to happiness.劳动使人幸福。②Where does this road lead to?这条路通向哪里？ His carelessness led to his failre.他的粗心导致失败。

Too much work or too little rest often leads to illness.过度工作或很少休息经常导致疾病。

Difference of opinion led to a heated argument.意见分歧导致了激烈的争论。

lecture, speech, talk, repot lecture 多指学术方面的“演讲，报告” ；而 speech 指在公众面前做的经过准备的较正式的“演说，发 言” ；talk 是一般性的“讲话，谈话” ，report 指正式的“报告，报道，汇报” 。

[应用]英译汉 ①give a lecture ③make a speech ⑤receive a report ⑦send in a report ②attend a lecture ④give a talk ⑥make a report ⑧a school reportkey:①作演讲②出席演讲会③发表演说④发表讲话⑤收到报告⑥作报告⑦呈交报告⑧成绩报告单 lie—lied—lied—lying lie—lay—lain—lying lay—laid—laid—laying 分析：(1)lie—lied—lied—lying 意思是“说谎” 。

例：I have never lied in my life. Obviously he was lying. (2)lie—lay—lain—lying 意思是： “躺、平放、卧” “位于” 。

例：The children lay on the grass, looking at the beautiful sky. The look is lying on the desk. (3)lay—laid—laid—laying 意思是“放置” “产（卵） ” “下（蛋） ” ，lay 是原形动词。例：She laid the baby gently down on the bed. The hen laid an egg yesterday. 注意：①lying 既是“说谎”的现在分词，又是“躺、位于”的现在分词。

②lay 既是“放置、产卵” “下蛋”的原形动词，又是“躺、位于”的过去式。

lie in 短语动词 lie in 意为“在于” 。如： The way out lies in the development of education. like 用法小结 （1）like 用做动词（及物）通常表示一般的“喜欢” ，为口语用词，词意没有 love 感情强烈，反义词 为 hate。

①like + n.(pron.) Does Li Ming like bananas？李明喜欢吃香蕉吗？ Do you like it?你喜欢它吗？ ②like + v.-ing(动名词) Do you like working in China?你喜欢在中国工作吗？ ③like + to + v.(不定式) I like to keep busy.我喜欢生活得紧张。

④would like(=would love)后接名词、代词或不定式，多用于有礼貌地提出要求，意为“想要、愿意” 。

Would you like something to drink?你想喝点什么吗？ I’d like two sweaters for my daughter.我要给我女儿买两件运动衫。

Would you like to come?你愿意来吗？ ⑤How do you like...?(=What do you think of...?)此句型用于询问对方对某人（物）的看法，意为“你 觉得……怎么样？” How do you like China?你觉得中国怎么样？(2)like 用做介词，意为“像……一样” ，反义词为 unlike。

①like 后接名词、代词或动名词作宾语。

Don’t thr